blob: 236ab9c206a2f9a9ec4e4abe97b5df6ee24adb0b [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002//
John Criswellb576c942003-10-20 19:43:21 +00003// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner4ee451d2007-12-29 20:36:04 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00007//
John Criswellb576c942003-10-20 19:43:21 +00008//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where
12// algebraic simplification happens.
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +000015// %Y = add i32 %X, 1
16// %Z = add i32 %Y, 1
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +000018// %Z = add i32 %X, 2
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner065a6162003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +000027// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattner022103b2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattnerac8f2fd2010-01-04 07:12:23 +000038#include "InstCombine.h"
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +000039#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +000040#include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000041#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +000042#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Dan Gohmanca178902009-07-17 20:47:02 +000043#include "llvm/Operator.h"
Chris Lattner79066fa2007-01-30 23:46:24 +000044#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chris Lattner9dbb4292009-11-09 23:28:39 +000045#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Victor Hernandezf006b182009-10-27 20:05:49 +000046#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +000047#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
48#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
49#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000050#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000051#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Torok Edwin7d696d82009-07-11 13:10:19 +000052#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000053#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattnerbcd7db52005-08-02 19:16:58 +000054#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Chris Lattner1f87a582007-02-15 19:41:52 +000056#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Reid Spencer551ccae2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000057#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000058#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +000059#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwin3eaee312008-04-20 08:33:11 +000060#include <climits>
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000061using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +000062using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeked0fde302003-11-11 22:41:34 +000063
Chris Lattner0e5f4992006-12-19 21:40:18 +000064STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
65STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
66STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner0e5f4992006-12-19 21:40:18 +000067STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnera92f6962002-10-01 22:38:41 +000068
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000069
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +000070char InstCombiner::ID = 0;
71static RegisterPass<InstCombiner>
72X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
73
Chris Lattnere0b4b722010-01-04 07:17:19 +000074void InstCombiner::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
75 AU.addPreservedID(LCSSAID);
76 AU.setPreservesCFG();
77}
78
79
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +000080// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
81// it.
82static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +000083 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +000084}
85
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +000086// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
87// though a va_arg area...
88static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Reid Spencera54b7cb2007-01-12 07:05:14 +000089 if (const IntegerType* ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) {
90 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < 32)
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +000091 return Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext());
Chris Lattner2b7e0ad2007-05-23 01:17:04 +000092 }
Reid Spencera54b7cb2007-01-12 07:05:14 +000093 return Ty;
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +000094}
95
Chris Lattnerc22d4d12009-11-10 07:23:37 +000096/// ShouldChangeType - Return true if it is desirable to convert a computation
97/// from 'From' to 'To'. We don't want to convert from a legal to an illegal
98/// type for example, or from a smaller to a larger illegal type.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +000099bool InstCombiner::ShouldChangeType(const Type *From, const Type *To) const {
Chris Lattnerc22d4d12009-11-10 07:23:37 +0000100 assert(isa<IntegerType>(From) && isa<IntegerType>(To));
101
102 // If we don't have TD, we don't know if the source/dest are legal.
103 if (!TD) return false;
104
105 unsigned FromWidth = From->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
106 unsigned ToWidth = To->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
107 bool FromLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(FromWidth);
108 bool ToLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(ToWidth);
109
110 // If this is a legal integer from type, and the result would be an illegal
111 // type, don't do the transformation.
112 if (FromLegal && !ToLegal)
113 return false;
114
115 // Otherwise, if both are illegal, do not increase the size of the result. We
116 // do allow things like i160 -> i64, but not i64 -> i160.
117 if (!FromLegal && !ToLegal && ToWidth > FromWidth)
118 return false;
119
120 return true;
121}
122
Matthijs Kooijman7e6d9b92008-10-13 15:17:01 +0000123/// getBitCastOperand - If the specified operand is a CastInst, a constant
124/// expression bitcast, or a GetElementPtrInst with all zero indices, return the
125/// operand value, otherwise return null.
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000126static Value *getBitCastOperand(Value *V) {
Dan Gohman016de812009-07-17 23:55:56 +0000127 if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) {
128 if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
129 return O->getOperand(0);
130 if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V))
131 if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
132 return GEP->getPointerOperand();
Matthijs Kooijman7e6d9b92008-10-13 15:17:01 +0000133 }
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000134 return 0;
135}
136
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000137
Chris Lattner33a61132006-05-06 09:00:16 +0000138
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000139// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
140// operators:
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000141//
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000142// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
143// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
144// binary operators.
145//
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000146// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
147// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000148//
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000149bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000150 bool Changed = false;
Dan Gohman14ef4f02009-08-29 23:39:38 +0000151 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000152 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000153
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000154 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
155 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000156 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
157 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
158 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000159 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner2a9c8472003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000160 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
161 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000162 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
163 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
164 return true;
165 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
166 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
167 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
168 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
169 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
170
171 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000172 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000173 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000174 Op1->getOperand(0),
175 Op1->getName(), &I);
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000176 Worklist.Add(New);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000177 I.setOperand(0, New);
178 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
179 return true;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000180 }
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000181 }
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000182 return Changed;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000183}
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000184
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000185// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
186// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000187//
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000188Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) const {
Owen Andersonfa82b6e2009-07-13 22:18:28 +0000189 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
Chris Lattnera1df33c2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000190 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000191
Chris Lattner0ce85802004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000192 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
193 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000194 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Nick Lewycky18b3da62008-05-23 04:54:45 +0000195
196 if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
197 if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isInteger())
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000198 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Nick Lewycky18b3da62008-05-23 04:54:45 +0000199
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000200 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000201}
202
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000203// dyn_castFNegVal - Given a 'fsub' instruction, return the RHS of the
204// instruction if the LHS is a constant negative zero (which is the 'negate'
205// form).
206//
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000207Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castFNegVal(Value *V) const {
Owen Andersonfa82b6e2009-07-13 22:18:28 +0000208 if (BinaryOperator::isFNeg(V))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000209 return BinaryOperator::getFNegArgument(V);
210
211 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
212 if (ConstantFP *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000213 return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000214
215 if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
216 if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isFloatingPoint())
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000217 return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000218
219 return 0;
220}
221
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000222/// isFreeToInvert - Return true if the specified value is free to invert (apply
223/// ~ to). This happens in cases where the ~ can be eliminated.
224static inline bool isFreeToInvert(Value *V) {
225 // ~(~(X)) -> X.
Evan Cheng85def162009-10-26 03:51:32 +0000226 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000227 return true;
228
229 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values.
230 if (isa<ConstantInt>(V))
231 return true;
232
233 // Compares can be inverted if they have a single use.
234 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V))
235 return CI->hasOneUse();
236
237 return false;
238}
239
240static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
241 // If this is not(not(x)) don't return that this is a not: we want the two
242 // not's to be folded first.
243 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V)) {
244 Value *Operand = BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
245 if (!isFreeToInvert(Operand))
246 return Operand;
247 }
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000248
249 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000250 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000251 return ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), ~C->getValue());
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000252 return 0;
253}
254
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000255
256
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000257// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
258// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000259// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
260// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000261//
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000262static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattner42a75512007-01-15 02:27:26 +0000263 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000264 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000265 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner50e60c72004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000266 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000267 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000268 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner50e60c72004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000269 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000270 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
Zhou Sheng97b52c22007-03-29 01:57:21 +0000271 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000272 uint32_t CSTVal = CST->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000273 CST = ConstantInt::get(V->getType()->getContext(),
274 APInt(BitWidth, 1).shl(CSTVal));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000275 return I->getOperand(0);
276 }
277 }
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000278 return 0;
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000279}
Chris Lattneraf2930e2002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000280
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000281/// AddOne - Add one to a ConstantInt.
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000282static Constant *AddOne(Constant *C) {
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000283 return ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000284}
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000285/// SubOne - Subtract one from a ConstantInt.
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000286static Constant *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000287 return ConstantInt::get(C->getContext(), C->getValue()-1);
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000288}
Reid Spencere7816b52007-03-08 01:52:58 +0000289
Dan Gohman45b4e482008-05-19 22:14:15 +0000290
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000291/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
292/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
293/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
294/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
295/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
296/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
297/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
298///
299template<typename Functor>
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000300static Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000301 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
Chris Lattnerd0db8e82010-01-05 06:24:06 +0000302 if (F.shouldApply(Root.getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000303 return F.apply(Root);
304
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000305 return 0;
306}
307
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000308static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000309 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000310 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&I))
Chris Lattner2345d1d2009-08-30 20:01:10 +0000311 return IC->Builder->CreateCast(CI->getOpcode(), SO, I.getType());
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000312
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000313 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000314 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
315 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000316
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000317 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
318 if (ConstIsRHS)
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000319 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
320 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000321 }
322
323 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
324 if (!ConstIsRHS)
325 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000326
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000327 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000328 return IC->Builder->CreateBinOp(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,
329 SO->getName()+".op");
330 if (ICmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&I))
331 return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
332 SO->getName()+".cmp");
333 if (FCmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(&I))
334 return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
335 SO->getName()+".cmp");
336 llvm_unreachable("Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000337}
338
339// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
340// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
341// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
342// not have a second operand.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000343Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000344 // Don't modify shared select instructions
345 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
346 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
347 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
348
349 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
Chris Lattner956db272005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000350 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000351 if (SI->getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(SI->getContext())) return 0;
Chris Lattner956db272005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000352
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000353 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, this);
354 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, this);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000355
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000356 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
357 SelectFalseVal);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000358 }
359 return 0;
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000360}
361
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000362
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000363/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select which
364/// has a PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the
365/// PHI (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
Chris Lattner213cd612009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000366///
367/// If AllowAggressive is true, FoldOpIntoPhi will allow certain transforms
368/// that would normally be unprofitable because they strongly encourage jump
369/// threading.
370Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I,
371 bool AllowAggressive) {
372 AllowAggressive = false;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000373 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000374 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
Chris Lattner213cd612009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000375 if (NumPHIValues == 0 ||
376 // We normally only transform phis with a single use, unless we're trying
377 // hard to make jump threading happen.
378 (!PN->hasOneUse() && !AllowAggressive))
379 return 0;
380
381
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000382 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are simple constants
383 // (constantint/constantfp/undef). If there is one non-constant value,
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000384 // remember the BB it is in. If there is more than one or if *it* is a PHI,
385 // bail out. We don't do arbitrary constant expressions here because moving
386 // their computation can be expensive without a cost model.
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000387 BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0;
388 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000389 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)) ||
390 isa<ConstantExpr>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000391 if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value.
Chris Lattnerb3036682007-02-24 01:03:45 +0000392 if (isa<PHINode>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) return 0; // Itself a phi.
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000393 NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
394
395 // If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we have an infinite
396 // loop.
397 if (NonConstBB == I.getParent())
398 return 0;
399 }
400
401 // If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the
402 // operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be
403 // inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only
404 // do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block.
Chris Lattner213cd612009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000405 if (NonConstBB != 0 && !AllowAggressive) {
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000406 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator());
407 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0;
408 }
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000409
410 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000411 PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), "");
Chris Lattner55517062005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000412 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000413 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
414 NewPN->takeName(PN);
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000415
416 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000417 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&I)) {
418 // We only currently try to fold the condition of a select when it is a phi,
419 // not the true/false values.
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000420 Value *TrueV = SI->getTrueValue();
421 Value *FalseV = SI->getFalseValue();
Chris Lattner3ddfb212009-09-28 06:49:44 +0000422 BasicBlock *PhiTransBB = PN->getParent();
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000423 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000424 BasicBlock *ThisBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
Chris Lattner3ddfb212009-09-28 06:49:44 +0000425 Value *TrueVInPred = TrueV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB);
426 Value *FalseVInPred = FalseV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB);
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000427 Value *InV = 0;
428 if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000429 InV = InC->isNullValue() ? FalseVInPred : TrueVInPred;
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000430 } else {
431 assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000432 InV = SelectInst::Create(PN->getIncomingValue(i), TrueVInPred,
433 FalseVInPred,
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000434 "phitmp", NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000435 Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000436 }
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000437 NewPN->addIncoming(InV, ThisBB);
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000438 }
439 } else if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000440 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000441 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattnera9ff5eb2007-08-05 08:47:58 +0000442 Value *InV = 0;
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000443 if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000444 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000445 InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000446 else
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000447 InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C);
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000448 } else {
449 assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
450 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000451 InV = BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000452 PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
453 NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000454 else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000455 InV = CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(),
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000456 CI->getPredicate(),
457 PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
458 NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000459 else
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000460 llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000461
462 Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000463 }
464 NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000465 }
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000466 } else {
467 CastInst *CI = cast<CastInst>(&I);
468 const Type *RetTy = CI->getType();
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000469 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000470 Value *InV;
471 if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000472 InV = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), InC, RetTy);
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000473 } else {
474 assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000475 InV = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000476 I.getType(), "phitmp",
477 NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000478 Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000479 }
480 NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000481 }
482 }
483 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
484}
485
Chris Lattner2454a2e2008-01-29 06:52:45 +0000486
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000487/// WillNotOverflowSignedAdd - Return true if we can prove that:
488/// (sext (add LHS, RHS)) === (add (sext LHS), (sext RHS))
489/// This basically requires proving that the add in the original type would not
490/// overflow to change the sign bit or have a carry out.
491bool InstCombiner::WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
492 // There are different heuristics we can use for this. Here are some simple
493 // ones.
494
495 // Add has the property that adding any two 2's complement numbers can only
496 // have one carry bit which can change a sign. As such, if LHS and RHS each
Chris Lattner8aee8ef2009-11-27 17:42:22 +0000497 // have at least two sign bits, we know that the addition of the two values
498 // will sign extend fine.
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000499 if (ComputeNumSignBits(LHS) > 1 && ComputeNumSignBits(RHS) > 1)
500 return true;
501
502
503 // If one of the operands only has one non-zero bit, and if the other operand
504 // has a known-zero bit in a more significant place than it (not including the
505 // sign bit) the ripple may go up to and fill the zero, but won't change the
506 // sign. For example, (X & ~4) + 1.
507
508 // TODO: Implement.
509
510 return false;
511}
512
Chris Lattner2454a2e2008-01-29 06:52:45 +0000513
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000514Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000515 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000516 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000517
Chris Lattner8aee8ef2009-11-27 17:42:22 +0000518 if (Value *V = SimplifyAddInst(LHS, RHS, I.hasNoSignedWrap(),
519 I.hasNoUnsignedWrap(), TD))
520 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
521
522
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000523 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000524 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
Chris Lattnerb4a2f052006-11-09 05:12:27 +0000525 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000526 const APInt& Val = CI->getValue();
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000527 uint32_t BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth();
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000528 if (Val == APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000529 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnerb4a2f052006-11-09 05:12:27 +0000530
531 // See if SimplifyDemandedBits can simplify this. This handles stuff like
532 // (X & 254)+1 -> (X&254)|1
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000533 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
Chris Lattner886ab6c2009-01-31 08:15:18 +0000534 return &I;
Dan Gohman1975d032008-10-30 20:40:10 +0000535
Eli Friedman709b33d2009-07-13 22:27:52 +0000536 // zext(bool) + C -> bool ? C + 1 : C
Dan Gohman1975d032008-10-30 20:40:10 +0000537 if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000538 if (ZI->getSrcTy() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000539 return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), AddOne(CI), CI);
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000540 }
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000541
542 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
543 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
544 return NV;
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000545
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +0000546 ConstantInt *XorRHS = 0;
547 Value *XorLHS = 0;
Chris Lattnerc5eff442007-01-30 22:32:46 +0000548 if (isa<ConstantInt>(RHSC) &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000549 match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) {
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000550 uint32_t TySizeBits = I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000551 const APInt& RHSVal = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getValue();
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000552
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000553 uint32_t Size = TySizeBits / 2;
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000554 APInt C0080Val(APInt(TySizeBits, 1ULL).shl(Size - 1));
555 APInt CFF80Val(-C0080Val);
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000556 do {
557 if (TySizeBits > Size) {
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000558 // If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0x80), 0xF..F80), it's a sext.
559 // If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0xF..F80), 0x80), it's a sext.
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000560 if ((RHSVal == CFF80Val && XorRHS->getValue() == C0080Val) ||
561 (RHSVal == C0080Val && XorRHS->getValue() == CFF80Val)) {
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000562 // This is a sign extend if the top bits are known zero.
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000563 if (!MaskedValueIsZero(XorLHS,
564 APInt::getHighBitsSet(TySizeBits, TySizeBits - Size)))
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000565 Size = 0; // Not a sign ext, but can't be any others either.
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000566 break;
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000567 }
568 }
569 Size >>= 1;
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000570 C0080Val = APIntOps::lshr(C0080Val, Size);
571 CFF80Val = APIntOps::ashr(CFF80Val, Size);
572 } while (Size >= 1);
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000573
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000574 // FIXME: This shouldn't be necessary. When the backends can handle types
Chris Lattner0c7a9a02008-05-19 20:25:04 +0000575 // with funny bit widths then this switch statement should be removed. It
576 // is just here to get the size of the "middle" type back up to something
577 // that the back ends can handle.
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000578 const Type *MiddleType = 0;
579 switch (Size) {
580 default: break;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000581 case 32:
582 case 16:
583 case 8: MiddleType = IntegerType::get(I.getContext(), Size); break;
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000584 }
585 if (MiddleType) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000586 Value *NewTrunc = Builder->CreateTrunc(XorLHS, MiddleType, "sext");
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000587 return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, I.getType(), I.getName());
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000588 }
589 }
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000590 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000591
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000592 if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Nick Lewycky9419ddb2008-05-31 17:59:52 +0000593 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
594
Nick Lewycky9419ddb2008-05-31 17:59:52 +0000595 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattner32c0cf52010-01-05 06:29:13 +0000596 // X + X --> X << 1
597 if (LHS == RHS)
598 return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(LHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner7edc8c22005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000599
600 if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
601 if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
602 if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
603 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
604 }
605 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
606 if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
607 if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
608 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
609 }
Robert Bocchino71698282004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000610 }
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000611
Chris Lattner5c4afb92002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000612 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerdd12f962008-02-17 21:03:36 +0000613 // -A + -B --> -(A + B)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000614 if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castNegVal(LHS)) {
Chris Lattnere10c0b92008-02-18 17:50:16 +0000615 if (LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000616 if (Value *RHSV = dyn_castNegVal(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000617 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(LHSV, RHSV, "sum");
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000618 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(NewAdd);
Chris Lattnere10c0b92008-02-18 17:50:16 +0000619 }
Chris Lattnerdd12f962008-02-17 21:03:36 +0000620 }
621
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000622 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(RHS, LHSV);
Chris Lattnerdd12f962008-02-17 21:03:36 +0000623 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000624
625 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000626 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000627 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000628 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000629
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000630
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000631 ConstantInt *C2;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000632 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000633 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000634 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000635
636 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
637 ConstantInt *C1;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000638 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000639 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000640 }
641
642 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000643 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
644 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000645
Chris Lattnere617c9e2007-01-05 02:17:46 +0000646 // X + ~X --> -1 since ~X = -X-1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000647 if (dyn_castNotVal(LHS) == RHS ||
648 dyn_castNotVal(RHS) == LHS)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000649 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere617c9e2007-01-05 02:17:46 +0000650
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000651
Chris Lattner5e0d7182008-05-19 20:01:56 +0000652 // A+B --> A|B iff A and B have no bits set in common.
653 if (const IntegerType *IT = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())) {
654 APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(IT->getBitWidth());
655 APInt LHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
656 APInt LHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
657 ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
658 if (LHSKnownZero != 0) {
659 APInt RHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
660 APInt RHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
661 ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
662
663 // No bits in common -> bitwise or.
Chris Lattner9d60ba92008-05-19 20:03:53 +0000664 if ((LHSKnownZero|RHSKnownZero).isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattner5e0d7182008-05-19 20:01:56 +0000665 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner5e0d7182008-05-19 20:01:56 +0000666 }
667 }
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000668
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000669 // W*X + Y*Z --> W * (X+Z) iff W == Y
Nick Lewycky0c2c3f62008-02-03 08:19:11 +0000670 if (I.getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000671 Value *W, *X, *Y, *Z;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000672 if (match(LHS, m_Mul(m_Value(W), m_Value(X))) &&
673 match(RHS, m_Mul(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Z)))) {
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000674 if (W != Y) {
675 if (W == Z) {
Bill Wendling587c01d2008-02-26 10:53:30 +0000676 std::swap(Y, Z);
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000677 } else if (Y == X) {
Bill Wendling587c01d2008-02-26 10:53:30 +0000678 std::swap(W, X);
679 } else if (X == Z) {
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000680 std::swap(Y, Z);
681 std::swap(W, X);
682 }
683 }
684
685 if (W == Y) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000686 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(X, Z, LHS->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000687 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(W, NewAdd);
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000688 }
689 }
690 }
691
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000692 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +0000693 Value *X = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000694 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000695 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(SubOne(CRHS), X);
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000696
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000697 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000698 if (LHS->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000699 match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000700 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000701 if (Anded == CRHS) {
702 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
703 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
Chris Lattner32c0cf52010-01-05 06:29:13 +0000704 const APInt &AddRHSV = CRHS->getValue();
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000705
706 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000707 APInt AddRHSHighBits(~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1));
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000708
709 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000710 APInt AddRHSHighBitsAnd(AddRHSHighBits & C2->getValue());
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000711
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000712 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
713 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000714 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(X, CRHS, LHS->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000715 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewAdd, C2);
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000716 }
717 }
718 }
719
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000720 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
721 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000722 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000723 return R;
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000724 }
725
Chris Lattner42790482007-12-20 01:56:58 +0000726 // add (select X 0 (sub n A)) A --> select X A n
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000727 {
728 SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS);
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000729 Value *A = RHS;
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000730 if (!SI) {
731 SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(RHS);
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000732 A = LHS;
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000733 }
Chris Lattner42790482007-12-20 01:56:58 +0000734 if (SI && SI->hasOneUse()) {
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000735 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
736 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000737 Value *N;
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000738
739 // Can we fold the add into the argument of the select?
740 // We check both true and false select arguments for a matching subtract.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000741 if (match(FV, m_Zero()) &&
742 match(TV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Specific(A))))
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000743 // Fold the add into the true select value.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000744 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), N, A);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000745 if (match(TV, m_Zero()) &&
746 match(FV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Specific(A))))
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000747 // Fold the add into the false select value.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000748 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), A, N);
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000749 }
750 }
Andrew Lenharth16d79552006-09-19 18:24:51 +0000751
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000752 // Check for (add (sext x), y), see if we can merge this into an
753 // integer add followed by a sext.
754 if (SExtInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(LHS)) {
755 // (add (sext x), cst) --> (sext (add x, cst'))
756 if (ConstantInt *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
757 Constant *CI =
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000758 ConstantExpr::getTrunc(RHSC, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000759 if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000760 ConstantExpr::getSExt(CI, I.getType()) == RHSC &&
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000761 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
762 // Insert the new, smaller add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000763 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
764 CI, "addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000765 return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
766 }
767 }
768
769 // (add (sext x), (sext y)) --> (sext (add int x, y))
770 if (SExtInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(RHS)) {
771 // Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
772 // single use (so we don't increase the number of sexts), and if the
773 // integer add will not overflow.
774 if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
775 (LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
776 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
777 RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
778 // Insert the new integer add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000779 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
780 RHSConv->getOperand(0), "addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000781 return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
782 }
783 }
784 }
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000785
786 return Changed ? &I : 0;
787}
788
789Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
790 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
791 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
792
793 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
794 // X + 0 --> X
795 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
Owen Anderson6f83c9c2009-07-27 20:59:43 +0000796 if (CFP->isExactlyValue(ConstantFP::getNegativeZero
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000797 (I.getType())->getValueAPF()))
798 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
799 }
800
801 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
802 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
803 return NV;
804 }
805
806 // -A + B --> B - A
807 // -A + -B --> -(A + B)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000808 if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castFNegVal(LHS))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000809 return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(RHS, LHSV);
810
811 // A + -B --> A - B
812 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000813 if (Value *V = dyn_castFNegVal(RHS))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000814 return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(LHS, V);
815
816 // Check for X+0.0. Simplify it to X if we know X is not -0.0.
817 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS))
818 if (CFP->getValueAPF().isPosZero() && CannotBeNegativeZero(LHS))
819 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
820
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000821 // Check for (add double (sitofp x), y), see if we can merge this into an
822 // integer add followed by a promotion.
823 if (SIToFPInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(LHS)) {
824 // (add double (sitofp x), fpcst) --> (sitofp (add int x, intcst))
825 // ... if the constant fits in the integer value. This is useful for things
826 // like (double)(x & 1234) + 4.0 -> (double)((X & 1234)+4) which no longer
827 // requires a constant pool load, and generally allows the add to be better
828 // instcombined.
829 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS)) {
830 Constant *CI =
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000831 ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(CFP, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000832 if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000833 ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(CI, I.getType()) == CFP &&
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000834 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
835 // Insert the new integer add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000836 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
837 CI, "addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000838 return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
839 }
840 }
841
842 // (add double (sitofp x), (sitofp y)) --> (sitofp (add int x, y))
843 if (SIToFPInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(RHS)) {
844 // Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
845 // single use (so we don't increase the number of int->fp conversions),
846 // and if the integer add will not overflow.
847 if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
848 (LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
849 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
850 RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
851 // Insert the new integer add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000852 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000853 RHSConv->getOperand(0),"addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000854 return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
855 }
856 }
857 }
858
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000859 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000860}
861
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000862
863/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
864/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
865/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000866Value *InstCombiner::EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP) {
867 TargetData &TD = *getTargetData();
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000868 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
869 const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType(GEP->getContext());
870 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
871
872 // Build a mask for high order bits.
873 unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
874 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-IntPtrWidth);
875
876 for (User::op_iterator i = GEP->op_begin() + 1, e = GEP->op_end(); i != e;
877 ++i, ++GTI) {
878 Value *Op = *i;
879 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
880 if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op)) {
881 if (OpC->isZero()) continue;
882
883 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
884 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
885 Size = TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
886
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000887 Result = Builder->CreateAdd(Result,
888 ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size),
889 GEP->getName()+".offs");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000890 continue;
891 }
892
893 Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
894 Constant *OC =
895 ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(OpC, IntPtrTy, true /*SExt*/);
896 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OC, Scale);
897 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000898 Result = Builder->CreateAdd(Result, Scale, GEP->getName()+".offs");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000899 continue;
900 }
901 // Convert to correct type.
902 if (Op->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000903 Op = Builder->CreateIntCast(Op, IntPtrTy, true, Op->getName()+".c");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000904 if (Size != 1) {
905 Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
906 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000907 Op = Builder->CreateMul(Op, Scale, GEP->getName()+".idx");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000908 }
909
910 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000911 Result = Builder->CreateAdd(Op, Result, GEP->getName()+".offs");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000912 }
913 return Result;
914}
915
916
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000917
918
919/// Optimize pointer differences into the same array into a size. Consider:
920/// &A[10] - &A[0]: we should compile this to "10". LHS/RHS are the pointer
921/// operands to the ptrtoint instructions for the LHS/RHS of the subtract.
922///
923Value *InstCombiner::OptimizePointerDifference(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
924 const Type *Ty) {
925 assert(TD && "Must have target data info for this");
926
927 // If LHS is a gep based on RHS or RHS is a gep based on LHS, we can optimize
928 // this.
Chris Lattner0cb1e9e2010-01-04 18:48:26 +0000929 bool Swapped = false;
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +0000930 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = 0;
931 ConstantExpr *CstGEP = 0;
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000932
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +0000933 // TODO: Could also optimize &A[i] - &A[j] -> "i-j", and "&A.foo[i] - &A.foo".
934 // For now we require one side to be the base pointer "A" or a constant
935 // expression derived from it.
936 if (GetElementPtrInst *LHSGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LHS)) {
937 // (gep X, ...) - X
938 if (LHSGEP->getOperand(0) == RHS) {
939 GEP = LHSGEP;
940 Swapped = false;
941 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(RHS)) {
942 // (gep X, ...) - (ce_gep X, ...)
943 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
944 LHSGEP->getOperand(0) == CE->getOperand(0)) {
945 CstGEP = CE;
946 GEP = LHSGEP;
947 Swapped = false;
948 }
949 }
950 }
951
952 if (GetElementPtrInst *RHSGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(RHS)) {
953 // X - (gep X, ...)
954 if (RHSGEP->getOperand(0) == LHS) {
955 GEP = RHSGEP;
956 Swapped = true;
957 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(LHS)) {
958 // (ce_gep X, ...) - (gep X, ...)
959 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
960 RHSGEP->getOperand(0) == CE->getOperand(0)) {
961 CstGEP = CE;
962 GEP = RHSGEP;
963 Swapped = true;
964 }
965 }
966 }
967
968 if (GEP == 0)
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000969 return 0;
970
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000971 // Emit the offset of the GEP and an intptr_t.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000972 Value *Result = EmitGEPOffset(GEP);
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +0000973
974 // If we had a constant expression GEP on the other side offsetting the
975 // pointer, subtract it from the offset we have.
976 if (CstGEP) {
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000977 Value *CstOffset = EmitGEPOffset(CstGEP);
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +0000978 Result = Builder->CreateSub(Result, CstOffset);
979 }
980
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000981
982 // If we have p - gep(p, ...) then we have to negate the result.
983 if (Swapped)
984 Result = Builder->CreateNeg(Result, "diff.neg");
985
986 return Builder->CreateIntCast(Result, Ty, true);
987}
988
989
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000990Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000991 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000992
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000993 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000994 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000995
Chris Lattner3bf68152009-12-21 04:04:05 +0000996 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A. This preserves NSW/NUW.
997 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1)) {
998 BinaryOperator *Res = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, V);
999 Res->setHasNoSignedWrap(I.hasNoSignedWrap());
1000 Res->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(I.hasNoUnsignedWrap());
1001 return Res;
1002 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +00001003
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001004 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
1005 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
1006 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1007 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001008 if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001009 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1);
1010
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001011 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001012 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A).
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001013 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001014 return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1);
Chris Lattner40371712002-05-09 01:29:19 +00001015
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001016 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Reid Spencer4b828e62005-06-18 17:37:34 +00001017 Value *X = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001018 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001019 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, AddOne(C));
Reid Spencer7177c3a2007-03-25 05:33:51 +00001020
Chris Lattner76b7a062007-01-15 07:02:54 +00001021 // -(X >>u 31) -> (X >>s 31)
1022 // -(X >>s 31) -> (X >>u 31)
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00001023 if (C->isZero()) {
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001024 if (BinaryOperator *SI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001025 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001026 if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +00001027 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00001028 if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001029 SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001030 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert AShr.
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001031 return BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::AShr,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001032 SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +00001033 }
1034 }
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001035 } else if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001036 if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
1037 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00001038 if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001039 SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00001040 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert LShr.
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001041 return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001042 SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001043 }
1044 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001045 }
1046 }
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +00001047 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001048
1049 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
1050 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00001051 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001052 return R;
Eli Friedman709b33d2009-07-13 22:27:52 +00001053
1054 // C - zext(bool) -> bool ? C - 1 : C
1055 if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001056 if (ZI->getSrcTy() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001057 return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), SubOne(C), C);
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001058 }
1059
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001060 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001061 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001062 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001063 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001064 I.getName());
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001065 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001066 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001067 I.getName());
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001068 else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
1069 if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
1070 // C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001071 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001072 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2), Op1I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001073 }
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001074 }
1075
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001076 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001077 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
1078 // is not used by anyone else...
1079 //
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001080 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001081 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
1082 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
1083 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
1084 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001085
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001086 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001087 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001088 }
1089
1090 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
1091 //
1092 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
1093 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
1094 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
1095
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001096 Value *NewNot = Builder->CreateNot(OtherOp, "B.not");
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001097 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001098 }
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001099
Reid Spencerac5209e2006-10-16 23:08:08 +00001100 // 0 - (X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001101 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001102 if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Zhou Sheng843f07672007-04-19 05:39:12 +00001103 if (CSI->isZero())
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +00001104 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001105 return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001106 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +00001107
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001108 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Reid Spencer4b828e62005-06-18 17:37:34 +00001109 ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001110 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001111 Constant *CP1 =
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001112 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1),
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001113 C2);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001114 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001115 }
Chris Lattner40371712002-05-09 01:29:19 +00001116 }
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001117 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001118
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001119 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
1120 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
1121 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
1122 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
1123 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
1124 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
1125 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
1126 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001127 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001128 I.getName());
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001129 }
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001130 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001131
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001132 ConstantInt *C1;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001133 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
Reid Spencer7177c3a2007-03-25 05:33:51 +00001134 if (X == Op1) // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001135 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op1, SubOne(C1));
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001136
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001137 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001138 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001139 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001140 }
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001141
1142 // Optimize pointer differences into the same array into a size. Consider:
1143 // &A[10] - &A[0]: we should compile this to "10".
1144 if (TD) {
Chris Lattner33767182010-01-01 22:12:03 +00001145 Value *LHSOp, *RHSOp;
Chris Lattnerf2ebc682010-01-01 22:29:12 +00001146 if (match(Op0, m_PtrToInt(m_Value(LHSOp))) &&
1147 match(Op1, m_PtrToInt(m_Value(RHSOp))))
Chris Lattner33767182010-01-01 22:12:03 +00001148 if (Value *Res = OptimizePointerDifference(LHSOp, RHSOp, I.getType()))
1149 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res);
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001150
1151 // trunc(p)-trunc(q) -> trunc(p-q)
Chris Lattnerf2ebc682010-01-01 22:29:12 +00001152 if (match(Op0, m_Trunc(m_PtrToInt(m_Value(LHSOp)))) &&
1153 match(Op1, m_Trunc(m_PtrToInt(m_Value(RHSOp)))))
1154 if (Value *Res = OptimizePointerDifference(LHSOp, RHSOp, I.getType()))
1155 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res);
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001156 }
1157
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001158 return 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001159}
1160
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001161Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
1162 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
1163
1164 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001165 if (Value *V = dyn_castFNegVal(Op1))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001166 return BinaryOperator::CreateFAdd(Op0, V);
1167
1168 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
1169 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd) {
1170 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001171 return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001172 I.getName());
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001173 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001174 return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001175 I.getName());
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001176 }
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001177 }
1178
1179 return 0;
1180}
1181
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001182/// getICmpCode - Encode a icmp predicate into a three bit mask. These bits
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001183/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1184///
1185/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1186///
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001187/// Note that this is only valid if the first and second predicates have the
1188/// same sign. Is illegal to do: (A u< B) | (A s> B)
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001189///
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001190/// Three bits are used to represent the condition, as follows:
1191/// 0 A > B
1192/// 1 A == B
1193/// 2 A < B
1194///
1195/// <=> Value Definition
1196/// 000 0 Always false
1197/// 001 1 A > B
1198/// 010 2 A == B
1199/// 011 3 A >= B
1200/// 100 4 A < B
1201/// 101 5 A != B
1202/// 110 6 A <= B
1203/// 111 7 Always true
1204///
1205static unsigned getICmpCode(const ICmpInst *ICI) {
1206 switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001207 // False -> 0
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001208 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
1209 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return 1; // 001
1210 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return 2; // 010
1211 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
1212 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return 3; // 011
1213 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
1214 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return 4; // 100
1215 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return 5; // 101
1216 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
1217 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return 6; // 110
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001218 // True -> 7
1219 default:
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001220 llvm_unreachable("Invalid ICmp predicate!");
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001221 return 0;
1222 }
1223}
1224
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001225/// getFCmpCode - Similar to getICmpCode but for FCmpInst. This encodes a fcmp
1226/// predicate into a three bit mask. It also returns whether it is an ordered
1227/// predicate by reference.
1228static unsigned getFCmpCode(FCmpInst::Predicate CC, bool &isOrdered) {
1229 isOrdered = false;
1230 switch (CC) {
1231 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: isOrdered = true; return 0; // 000
1232 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return 0; // 000
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001233 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: isOrdered = true; return 1; // 001
1234 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
1235 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: isOrdered = true; return 2; // 010
1236 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: return 2; // 010
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001237 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: isOrdered = true; return 3; // 011
1238 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
1239 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: isOrdered = true; return 4; // 100
1240 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001241 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: isOrdered = true; return 5; // 101
1242 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: return 5; // 101
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001243 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: isOrdered = true; return 6; // 110
1244 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
Evan Cheng40300622008-10-14 18:44:08 +00001245 // True -> 7
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001246 default:
1247 // Not expecting FCMP_FALSE and FCMP_TRUE;
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001248 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FCmp predicate!");
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001249 return 0;
1250 }
1251}
1252
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001253/// getICmpValue - This is the complement of getICmpCode, which turns an
1254/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand
Dan Gohman5d066ff2007-09-17 17:31:57 +00001255/// new ICmp instruction. The sign is passed in to determine which kind
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001256/// of predicate to use in the new icmp instruction.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001257static Value *getICmpValue(bool sign, unsigned code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001258 switch (code) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001259 default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal ICmp code!");
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001260 case 0: return ConstantInt::getFalse(LHS->getContext());
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001261 case 1:
1262 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001263 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001264 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001265 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
1266 case 2: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001267 case 3:
1268 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001269 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001270 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001271 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001272 case 4:
1273 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001274 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001275 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001276 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
1277 case 5: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001278 case 6:
1279 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001280 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001281 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001282 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001283 case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(LHS->getContext());
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001284 }
1285}
1286
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001287/// getFCmpValue - This is the complement of getFCmpCode, which turns an
1288/// opcode and two operands into either a FCmp instruction. isordered is passed
1289/// in to determine which kind of predicate to use in the new fcmp instruction.
1290static Value *getFCmpValue(bool isordered, unsigned code,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001291 Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001292 switch (code) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001293 default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal FCmp code!");
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001294 case 0:
1295 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001296 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001297 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001298 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001299 case 1:
1300 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001301 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001302 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001303 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001304 case 2:
1305 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001306 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001307 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001308 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001309 case 3:
1310 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001311 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001312 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001313 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001314 case 4:
1315 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001316 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001317 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001318 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001319 case 5:
1320 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001321 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001322 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001323 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001324 case 6:
1325 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001326 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001327 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001328 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001329 case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(LHS->getContext());
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001330 }
1331}
1332
Chris Lattnerb9553d62008-11-16 04:55:20 +00001333/// PredicatesFoldable - Return true if both predicates match sign or if at
1334/// least one of them is an equality comparison (which is signless).
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001335static bool PredicatesFoldable(ICmpInst::Predicate p1, ICmpInst::Predicate p2) {
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001336 return (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) == CmpInst::isSigned(p2)) ||
1337 (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p2)) ||
1338 (CmpInst::isSigned(p2) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p1));
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001339}
1340
1341namespace {
1342// FoldICmpLogical - Implements (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
1343struct FoldICmpLogical {
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001344 InstCombiner &IC;
1345 Value *LHS, *RHS;
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001346 ICmpInst::Predicate pred;
1347 FoldICmpLogical(InstCombiner &ic, ICmpInst *ICI)
1348 : IC(ic), LHS(ICI->getOperand(0)), RHS(ICI->getOperand(1)),
1349 pred(ICI->getPredicate()) {}
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001350 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001351 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(V))
1352 if (PredicatesFoldable(pred, ICI->getPredicate()))
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001353 return ((ICI->getOperand(0) == LHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == RHS) ||
1354 (ICI->getOperand(0) == RHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS));
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001355 return false;
1356 }
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001357 Instruction *apply(Instruction &Log) const {
1358 ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1359 if (ICI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1360 assert(ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1361 ICI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the ICmp
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001362 }
1363
Chris Lattnerbc1dbfc2007-03-13 14:27:42 +00001364 ICmpInst *RHSICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(1));
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001365 unsigned LHSCode = getICmpCode(ICI);
Chris Lattnerbc1dbfc2007-03-13 14:27:42 +00001366 unsigned RHSCode = getICmpCode(RHSICI);
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001367 unsigned Code;
1368 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1369 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1370 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1371 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001372 default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001373 }
1374
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001375 bool isSigned = RHSICI->isSigned() || ICI->isSigned();
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001376 Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001377 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1378 return I;
1379 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1380 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1381 }
1382};
Chris Lattnerd23b5ba2006-11-15 04:53:24 +00001383} // end anonymous namespace
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001384
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001385// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1386// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001387// guaranteed to be a binary operator.
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001388Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001389 ConstantInt *OpRHS,
1390 ConstantInt *AndRHS,
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001391 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1392 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner76f7fe22004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001393 Constant *Together = 0;
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001394 if (!Op->isShift())
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001395 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001396
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001397 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1398 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001399 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001400 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001401 Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00001402 And->takeName(Op);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001403 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001404 }
1405 break;
1406 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001407 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1408 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001409
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001410 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1411 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001412 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, Together);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00001413 Or->takeName(Op);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001414 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001415 }
1416 break;
1417 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001418 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001419 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1420 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1421 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattnerc6334b92010-01-05 06:03:12 +00001422 const APInt &AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getValue();
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001423
Chris Lattnerc6334b92010-01-05 06:03:12 +00001424 // If there is only one bit set.
1425 if (AndRHSV.isPowerOf2()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001426 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1427 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1428 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00001429 const APInt& AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getValue();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001430
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001431 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1432 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1433 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1434 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1435 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1436 // no effect.
1437 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1438 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1439 return &TheAnd;
1440 } else {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001441 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001442 Value *NewAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00001443 NewAnd->takeName(Op);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001444 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001445 }
1446 }
1447 }
1448 }
1449 break;
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001450
1451 case Instruction::Shl: {
1452 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1453 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1454 //
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001455 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00001456 uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001457 APInt ShlMask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-OpRHSVal));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001458 ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(AndRHS->getContext(),
1459 AndRHS->getValue() & ShlMask);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001460
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001461 if (CI->getValue() == ShlMask) {
1462 // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001463 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1464 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001465 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1466 return &TheAnd;
1467 }
1468 break;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001469 }
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001470 case Instruction::LShr: {
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001471 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1472 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1473 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1474 //
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001475 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00001476 uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001477 APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001478 ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(Op->getContext(),
1479 AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001480
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001481 if (CI->getValue() == ShrMask) {
1482 // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001483 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1484 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1485 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
1486 return &TheAnd;
1487 }
1488 break;
1489 }
1490 case Instruction::AShr:
1491 // Signed shr.
1492 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1493 // with an and.
1494 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001495 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00001496 uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001497 APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001498 Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(Op->getContext(),
1499 AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
Reid Spencer7eb76382006-12-13 17:19:09 +00001500 if (C == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Reid Spencer17212df2006-12-12 09:18:51 +00001501 // (Val ashr C1) & C2 -> (Val lshr C1) & C2
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001502 // Make the argument unsigned.
1503 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001504 ShVal = Builder->CreateLShr(ShVal, OpRHS, Op->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001505 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(ShVal, AndRHS, TheAnd.getName());
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001506 }
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001507 }
1508 break;
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001509 }
1510 return 0;
1511}
1512
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001513
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001514/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1515/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001516/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. isSigned indicates
1517/// whether to treat the V, Lo and HI as signed or not. IB is the location to
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001518/// insert new instructions.
1519Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001520 bool isSigned, bool Inside,
1521 Instruction &IB) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001522 assert(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp((isSigned ?
Reid Spencer579dca12007-01-12 04:24:46 +00001523 ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE), Lo, Hi))->getZExtValue() &&
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001524 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001525
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001526 if (Inside) {
1527 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001528 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, V);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001529
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001530 // V >= Min && V < Hi --> V < Hi
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001531 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
Reid Spencere4e40032007-03-21 23:19:50 +00001532 ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001533 ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001534 return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001535 }
1536
1537 // Emit V-Lo <u Hi-Lo
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001538 Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001539 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001540 Constant *UpperBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001541 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, UpperBound);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001542 }
1543
1544 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001545 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, V, V);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001546
Reid Spencere4e40032007-03-21 23:19:50 +00001547 // V < Min || V >= Hi -> V > Hi-1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001548 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001549 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001550 ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
1551 ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001552 return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001553 }
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001554
Reid Spencere4e40032007-03-21 23:19:50 +00001555 // Emit V-Lo >u Hi-1-Lo
1556 // Note that Hi has already had one subtracted from it, above.
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001557 ConstantInt *NegLo = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo));
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001558 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001559 Constant *LowerBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001560 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, LowerBound);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001561}
1562
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001563// isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with
1564// any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to
1565// MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is
1566// not, since all 1s are not contiguous.
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00001567static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantInt *Val, uint32_t &MB, uint32_t &ME) {
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00001568 const APInt& V = Val->getValue();
Reid Spencerf2442522007-03-24 00:42:08 +00001569 uint32_t BitWidth = Val->getType()->getBitWidth();
1570 if (!APIntOps::isShiftedMask(BitWidth, V)) return false;
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001571
1572 // look for the first zero bit after the run of ones
Reid Spencerf2442522007-03-24 00:42:08 +00001573 MB = BitWidth - ((V - 1) ^ V).countLeadingZeros();
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001574 // look for the first non-zero bit
Reid Spencerf2442522007-03-24 00:42:08 +00001575 ME = V.getActiveBits();
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001576 return true;
1577}
1578
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001579/// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask,
1580/// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of
1581/// the following xforms:
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001582///
1583/// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask
1584/// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
1585/// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
1586///
1587/// return (A +/- B).
1588///
1589Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001590 ConstantInt *Mask, bool isSub,
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001591 Instruction &I) {
1592 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
1593 if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
1594 !isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0;
1595
1596 ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
1597
1598 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
1599 default: return 0;
1600 case Instruction::And:
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001601 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) {
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001602 // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple.
Zhou Sheng00f436c2007-03-24 15:34:37 +00001603 if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
1604 Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) ==
1605 Mask->getValue().getBitWidth())
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001606 break;
1607
1608 // Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+
1609 // part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that
1610 // is all N is, ignore it.
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00001611 uint32_t MB = 0, ME = 0;
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001612 if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive
Reid Spencerb35ae032007-03-23 18:46:34 +00001613 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType())->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001614 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, MB-1));
Chris Lattner3bedbd92006-02-07 07:27:52 +00001615 if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, Mask))
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001616 break;
1617 }
1618 }
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001619 return 0;
1620 case Instruction::Or:
1621 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001622 // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0
Zhou Sheng00f436c2007-03-24 15:34:37 +00001623 if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
1624 Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == Mask->getValue().getBitWidth()
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001625 && ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001626 break;
1627 return 0;
1628 }
1629
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001630 if (isSub)
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001631 return Builder->CreateSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
1632 return Builder->CreateAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001633}
1634
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001635/// FoldAndOfICmps - Fold (icmp)&(icmp) if possible.
1636Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(Instruction &I,
1637 ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) {
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001638 Value *Val, *Val2;
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001639 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1640 ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
1641
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001642 // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 B, C2).
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00001643 if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(Val),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001644 m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))) ||
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00001645 !match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(Val2),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001646 m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001647 return 0;
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001648
Chris Lattner3f40e232009-11-29 00:51:17 +00001649 if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC) {
1650 // (icmp ult A, C) & (icmp ult B, C) --> (icmp ult (A|B), C)
1651 // where C is a power of 2
1652 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT &&
1653 LHSCst->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
1654 Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
1655 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
1656 }
1657
1658 // (icmp eq A, 0) & (icmp eq B, 0) --> (icmp eq (A|B), 0)
1659 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && LHSCst->isZero()) {
1660 Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
1661 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
1662 }
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001663 }
1664
1665 // From here on, we only handle:
1666 // (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler.
1667 if (Val != Val2) return 0;
1668
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001669 // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere.
1670 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
1671 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
1672 LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE ||
1673 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
1674 return 0;
1675
1676 // We can't fold (ugt x, C) & (sgt x, C2).
1677 if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC))
1678 return 0;
1679
1680 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
Chris Lattneraa3e1572008-11-16 05:14:43 +00001681 bool ShouldSwap;
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001682 if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) ||
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001683 (ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001684 CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC)))
Chris Lattneraa3e1572008-11-16 05:14:43 +00001685 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001686 else
Chris Lattneraa3e1572008-11-16 05:14:43 +00001687 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
1688
1689 if (ShouldSwap) {
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001690 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1691 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1692 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1693 }
1694
1695 // At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
1696 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1697 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1698 // icmp eq, icmp ne, icmp [su]lt, and icmp [SU]gt here. We also know
1699 // (from the FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants
1700 // are not equal and that the larger constant is on the RHS
1701 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1702
1703 switch (LHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001704 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001705 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
1706 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001707 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001708 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1709 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1710 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001711 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001712 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1713 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1714 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1715 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1716 }
1717 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
1718 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001719 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001720 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001721 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X u< 14) -> X < 13
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001722 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Val, LHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001723 break; // (X != 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
1724 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001725 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X s< 14) -> X < 13
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001726 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Val, LHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001727 break; // (X != 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
1728 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1729 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
1730 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
1731 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1732 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001733 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)){// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001734 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001735 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off");
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001736 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00001737 ConstantInt::get(Add->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001738 }
1739 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1740 }
1741 break;
1742 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
1743 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001744 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001745 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 & X == 15) -> false
1746 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 & X u> 15) -> false
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001747 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001748 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
1749 break;
1750 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 & X != 15) -> X u< 13
1751 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 & X u< 15) -> X u< 13
1752 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1753 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
1754 break;
1755 }
1756 break;
1757 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
1758 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001759 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001760 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 & X == 15) -> false
1761 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 & X s> 15) -> false
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001762 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001763 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
1764 break;
1765 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1766 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 & X s< 15) -> X < 13
1767 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1768 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
1769 break;
1770 }
1771 break;
1772 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
1773 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001774 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001775 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1776 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
1777 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1778 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
1779 break;
1780 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001781 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X u> 13 & X != 14) -> X u> 14
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001782 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001783 break; // (X u> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00001784 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 & X u< 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001785 return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001786 RHSCst, false, true, I);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001787 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
1788 break;
1789 }
1790 break;
1791 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
1792 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001793 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001794 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1795 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
1796 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1797 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
1798 break;
1799 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001800 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X s> 13 & X != 14) -> X s> 14
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001801 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001802 break; // (X s> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00001803 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 & X s< 15) -> (X-14) s< 1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001804 return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001805 RHSCst, true, true, I);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001806 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
1807 break;
1808 }
1809 break;
1810 }
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001811
1812 return 0;
1813}
1814
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001815Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS,
1816 FCmpInst *RHS) {
1817
1818 if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD &&
1819 RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD) {
1820 // (fcmp ord x, c) & (fcmp ord y, c) -> (fcmp ord x, y)
1821 if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
1822 if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
1823 // If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
1824 // false.
1825 if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001826 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001827 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD,
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001828 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
1829 }
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00001830
1831 // Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of
1832 // "fcmp ord x,x" is "fcmp ord x, 0".
1833 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
1834 isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1)))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001835 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD,
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00001836 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001837 return 0;
1838 }
1839
1840 Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1);
1841 Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1);
1842 FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate();
1843
1844
1845 if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) {
1846 // Swap RHS operands to match LHS.
1847 Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC);
1848 std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS);
1849 }
1850
1851 if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) {
1852 // Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) & (fcmp cc1 x, y).
1853 if (Op0CC == Op1CC)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001854 return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC, Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001855
1856 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001857 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001858 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
1859 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1860 if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
1861 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1862
1863 bool Op0Ordered;
1864 bool Op1Ordered;
1865 unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered);
1866 unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered);
1867 if (Op1Pred == 0) {
1868 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1869 std::swap(Op0Pred, Op1Pred);
1870 std::swap(Op0Ordered, Op1Ordered);
1871 }
1872 if (Op0Pred == 0) {
1873 // uno && ueq -> uno && (uno || eq) -> ueq
1874 // ord && olt -> ord && (ord && lt) -> olt
1875 if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered)
1876 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1877
1878 // uno && oeq -> uno && (ord && eq) -> false
1879 // uno && ord -> false
1880 if (!Op0Ordered)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001881 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001882 // ord && ueq -> ord && (uno || eq) -> oeq
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001883 return cast<Instruction>(getFCmpValue(true, Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001884 }
1885 }
1886
1887 return 0;
1888}
1889
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001890
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001891Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001892 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001893 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001894
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00001895 if (Value *V = SimplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, TD))
1896 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001897
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00001898 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
Chris Lattner9ca96412006-02-08 03:25:32 +00001899 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001900 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
Nick Lewycky546d6312010-01-02 15:25:44 +00001901 return &I;
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001902
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001903 if (ConstantInt *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001904 const APInt &AndRHSMask = AndRHS->getValue();
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00001905 APInt NotAndRHS(~AndRHSMask);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001906
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001907 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001908 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001909 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1910 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1911 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001912 default: break;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001913 case Instruction::Xor:
1914 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001915 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001916 if (!Op0I->hasOneUse()) break;
1917
1918 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1919 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1920 Value *NewRHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1921 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1922 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
1923 }
1924 if (!isa<Constant>(Op0RHS) &&
1925 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1926 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1927 Value *NewLHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1928 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1929 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001930 }
1931
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001932 break;
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001933 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001934 // ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
1935 // ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1936 // ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1937 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001938 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001939 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001940 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001941 break;
1942
1943 case Instruction::Sub:
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001944 // ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
1945 // ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1946 // ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1947 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001948 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00001949
Nick Lewycky5dcc41f2008-07-10 05:51:40 +00001950 // (A - N) & AndRHS -> -N & AndRHS iff A&AndRHS==0 and AndRHS
1951 // has 1's for all bits that the subtraction with A might affect.
1952 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1953 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHSMask.getBitWidth();
1954 uint32_t Zeros = AndRHSMask.countLeadingZeros();
1955 APInt Mask = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - Zeros);
1956
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00001957 ConstantInt *A = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0LHS);
Nick Lewycky5dcc41f2008-07-10 05:51:40 +00001958 if (!(A && A->isZero()) && // avoid infinite recursion.
1959 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, Mask)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001960 Value *NewNeg = Builder->CreateNeg(Op0RHS);
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00001961 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewNeg, AndRHS);
1962 }
1963 }
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001964 break;
Nick Lewyckyd1f77bf2008-07-09 05:20:13 +00001965
1966 case Instruction::Shl:
1967 case Instruction::LShr:
1968 // (1 << x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
1969 // (1 >> x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
Nick Lewyckyd8ad4922008-07-09 07:35:26 +00001970 if (AndRHSMask == 1 && Op0LHS == AndRHS) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001971 Value *NewICmp =
1972 Builder->CreateICmpEQ(Op0RHS, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Nick Lewyckyd1f77bf2008-07-09 05:20:13 +00001973 return new ZExtInst(NewICmp, I.getType());
1974 }
1975 break;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001976 }
1977
Chris Lattner58403262003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001978 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001979 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001980 return Res;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001981 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00001982 // If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and
1983 // if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This
1984 // frequently occurs for bitfield accesses.
1985 if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00001986 if ((isa<TruncInst>(CI) || isa<BitCastInst>(CI)) &&
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00001987 CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2)
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +00001988 if (ConstantInt *AndCI =dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1))){
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00001989 if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
1990 // Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00001991 // into : and (cast X to T), trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
1992 // This will fold the two constants together, which may allow
1993 // other simplifications.
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001994 Value *NewCast = Builder->CreateTruncOrBitCast(
Reid Spencerd977d862006-12-12 23:36:14 +00001995 CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(),
1996 CastOp->getName()+".shrunk");
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00001997 // trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001998 Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001999 C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002000 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewCast, C3);
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002001 } else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
2002 // Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2
2003 // into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002004 Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002005 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS)
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002006 // trunc(C1)&C2
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002007 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS);
2008 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00002009 }
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002010 }
Chris Lattner06782f82003-07-23 19:36:21 +00002011 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002012
2013 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2014 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002015 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002016 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002017 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2018 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2019 return NV;
Chris Lattnerc6a8aff2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00002020 }
2021
Chris Lattner5b62aa72004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002022
Misha Brukmancb6267b2004-07-30 12:50:08 +00002023 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002024 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0))
2025 if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1))
2026 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
2027 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
2028 I.getName()+".demorgan");
2029 return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Or);
2030 }
2031
Chris Lattner2082ad92006-02-13 23:07:23 +00002032 {
Chris Lattner003b6202007-06-15 05:58:24 +00002033 Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0;
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002034 // (A|B) & ~(A&B) -> A^B
2035 if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
2036 match(Op1, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) &&
2037 ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)))
2038 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner003b6202007-06-15 05:58:24 +00002039
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002040 // ~(A&B) & (A|B) -> A^B
2041 if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
2042 match(Op0, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) &&
2043 ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)))
2044 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002045
2046 if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002047 match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002048 if (A == Op1) { // (A^B)&A -> A&(A^B)
2049 I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
2050 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2051 } else if (B == Op1) { // (A^B)&B -> B&(B^A)
2052 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)->swapOperands();
2053 I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
2054 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2055 }
2056 }
Bill Wendling7f0ef6b2008-11-30 13:08:13 +00002057
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002058 if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002059 match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002060 if (B == Op0) { // B&(A^B) -> B&(B^A)
2061 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)->swapOperands();
2062 std::swap(A, B);
2063 }
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002064 if (A == Op0) // A&(A^B) -> A & ~B
2065 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(B, "tmp"));
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002066 }
Bill Wendling7f0ef6b2008-11-30 13:08:13 +00002067
2068 // (A&((~A)|B)) -> A&B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002069 if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)), m_Value(A))) ||
2070 match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)))))
Chris Lattnerd8aafcb2008-12-01 05:16:26 +00002071 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op1);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002072 if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)), m_Value(A))) ||
2073 match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)))))
Chris Lattnerd8aafcb2008-12-01 05:16:26 +00002074 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op0);
Chris Lattner2082ad92006-02-13 23:07:23 +00002075 }
2076
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002077 if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1)) {
2078 // (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002079 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002080 return R;
2081
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00002082 if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
2083 if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2084 return Res;
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +00002085 }
2086
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002087 // fold (and (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (and A, B))
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002088 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
2089 if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2090 if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind ?
2091 const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00002092 if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() &&
2093 SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() &&
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002094 // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002095 ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
2096 I.getType()) &&
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002097 ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002098 I.getType())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002099 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0C->getOperand(0),
2100 Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002101 return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002102 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002103 }
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002104
2105 // (X >> Z) & (Y >> Z) -> (X&Y) >> Z for all shifts.
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002106 if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
2107 if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
2108 if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002109 SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
2110 (SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002111 Value *NewOp =
2112 Builder->CreateAnd(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0),
2113 SI0->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002114 return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002115 SI1->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002116 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002117 }
2118
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00002119 // If and'ing two fcmp, try combine them into one.
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002120 if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00002121 if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2122 if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2123 return Res;
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002124 }
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00002125
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002126 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002127}
2128
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002129/// CollectBSwapParts - Analyze the specified subexpression and see if it is
2130/// capable of providing pieces of a bswap. The subexpression provides pieces
2131/// of a bswap if it is proven that each of the non-zero bytes in the output of
2132/// the expression came from the corresponding "byte swapped" byte in some other
2133/// value. For example, if the current subexpression is "(shl i32 %X, 24)" then
2134/// we know that the expression deposits the low byte of %X into the high byte
2135/// of the bswap result and that all other bytes are zero. This expression is
2136/// accepted, the high byte of ByteValues is set to X to indicate a correct
2137/// match.
2138///
2139/// This function returns true if the match was unsuccessful and false if so.
2140/// On entry to the function the "OverallLeftShift" is a signed integer value
2141/// indicating the number of bytes that the subexpression is later shifted. For
2142/// example, if the expression is later right shifted by 16 bits, the
2143/// OverallLeftShift value would be -2 on entry. This is used to specify which
2144/// byte of ByteValues is actually being set.
2145///
2146/// Similarly, ByteMask is a bitmask where a bit is clear if its corresponding
2147/// byte is masked to zero by a user. For example, in (X & 255), X will be
2148/// processed with a bytemask of 1. Because bytemask is 32-bits, this limits
2149/// this function to working on up to 32-byte (256 bit) values. ByteMask is
2150/// always in the local (OverallLeftShift) coordinate space.
2151///
2152static bool CollectBSwapParts(Value *V, int OverallLeftShift, uint32_t ByteMask,
2153 SmallVector<Value*, 8> &ByteValues) {
2154 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
2155 // If this is an or instruction, it may be an inner node of the bswap.
2156 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
2157 return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2158 ByteValues) ||
2159 CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(1), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2160 ByteValues);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002161 }
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002162
2163 // If this is a logical shift by a constant multiple of 8, recurse with
2164 // OverallLeftShift and ByteMask adjusted.
2165 if (I->isLogicalShift() && isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
2166 unsigned ShAmt =
2167 cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getLimitedValue(~0U);
2168 // Ensure the shift amount is defined and of a byte value.
2169 if ((ShAmt & 7) || (ShAmt > 8*ByteValues.size()))
2170 return true;
2171
2172 unsigned ByteShift = ShAmt >> 3;
2173 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
2174 // X << 2 -> collect(X, +2)
2175 OverallLeftShift += ByteShift;
2176 ByteMask >>= ByteShift;
2177 } else {
2178 // X >>u 2 -> collect(X, -2)
2179 OverallLeftShift -= ByteShift;
2180 ByteMask <<= ByteShift;
Chris Lattnerde17ddc2008-10-08 06:42:28 +00002181 ByteMask &= (~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size()));
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002182 }
2183
2184 if (OverallLeftShift >= (int)ByteValues.size()) return true;
2185 if (OverallLeftShift <= -(int)ByteValues.size()) return true;
2186
2187 return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2188 ByteValues);
2189 }
2190
2191 // If this is a logical 'and' with a mask that clears bytes, clear the
2192 // corresponding bytes in ByteMask.
2193 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
2194 isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
2195 // Scan every byte of the and mask, seeing if the byte is either 0 or 255.
2196 unsigned NumBytes = ByteValues.size();
2197 APInt Byte(I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), 255);
2198 const APInt &AndMask = cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getValue();
2199
2200 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumBytes; ++i, Byte <<= 8) {
2201 // If this byte is masked out by a later operation, we don't care what
2202 // the and mask is.
2203 if ((ByteMask & (1 << i)) == 0)
2204 continue;
2205
2206 // If the AndMask is all zeros for this byte, clear the bit.
2207 APInt MaskB = AndMask & Byte;
2208 if (MaskB == 0) {
2209 ByteMask &= ~(1U << i);
2210 continue;
2211 }
2212
2213 // If the AndMask is not all ones for this byte, it's not a bytezap.
2214 if (MaskB != Byte)
2215 return true;
2216
2217 // Otherwise, this byte is kept.
2218 }
2219
2220 return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2221 ByteValues);
2222 }
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002223 }
2224
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002225 // Okay, we got to something that isn't a shift, 'or' or 'and'. This must be
2226 // the input value to the bswap. Some observations: 1) if more than one byte
2227 // is demanded from this input, then it could not be successfully assembled
2228 // into a byteswap. At least one of the two bytes would not be aligned with
2229 // their ultimate destination.
2230 if (!isPowerOf2_32(ByteMask)) return true;
2231 unsigned InputByteNo = CountTrailingZeros_32(ByteMask);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002232
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002233 // 2) The input and ultimate destinations must line up: if byte 3 of an i32
2234 // is demanded, it needs to go into byte 0 of the result. This means that the
2235 // byte needs to be shifted until it lands in the right byte bucket. The
2236 // shift amount depends on the position: if the byte is coming from the high
2237 // part of the value (e.g. byte 3) then it must be shifted right. If from the
2238 // low part, it must be shifted left.
2239 unsigned DestByteNo = InputByteNo + OverallLeftShift;
2240 if (InputByteNo < ByteValues.size()/2) {
2241 if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo)
2242 return true;
2243 } else {
2244 if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo)
2245 return true;
2246 }
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002247
2248 // If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
2249 // together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002250 if (ByteValues[DestByteNo] && ByteValues[DestByteNo] != V)
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002251 return true;
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002252 ByteValues[DestByteNo] = V;
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002253 return false;
2254}
2255
2256/// MatchBSwap - Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bswap idiom.
2257/// If so, insert the new bswap intrinsic and return it.
2258Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner55fc8c42007-04-01 20:57:36 +00002259 const IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002260 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() % 16 ||
2261 // ByteMask only allows up to 32-byte values.
2262 ITy->getBitWidth() > 32*8)
Chris Lattner55fc8c42007-04-01 20:57:36 +00002263 return 0; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors.
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002264
2265 /// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value
2266 /// defines each byte.
Chris Lattner535014f2007-02-15 22:52:10 +00002267 SmallVector<Value*, 8> ByteValues;
Chris Lattner55fc8c42007-04-01 20:57:36 +00002268 ByteValues.resize(ITy->getBitWidth()/8);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002269
2270 // Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap.
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002271 uint32_t ByteMask = ~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size());
2272 if (CollectBSwapParts(&I, 0, ByteMask, ByteValues))
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002273 return 0;
2274
2275 // Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value.
2276 Value *V = ByteValues[0];
2277 if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero.
2278
2279 // Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value.
2280 for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i)
2281 if (ByteValues[i] != V)
2282 return 0;
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00002283 const Type *Tys[] = { ITy };
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002284 Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00002285 Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::bswap, Tys, 1);
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00002286 return CallInst::Create(F, V);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002287}
2288
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002289/// MatchSelectFromAndOr - We have an expression of the form (A&C)|(B&D). Check
2290/// If A is (cond?-1:0) and either B or D is ~(cond?-1,0) or (cond?0,-1), then
2291/// we can simplify this expression to "cond ? C : D or B".
2292static Instruction *MatchSelectFromAndOr(Value *A, Value *B,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002293 Value *C, Value *D) {
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002294 // If A is not a select of -1/0, this cannot match.
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +00002295 Value *Cond = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002296 if (!match(A, m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Value(Cond))))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002297 return 0;
2298
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002299 // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | (B&(cond?0:-1)) -> cond ? C : B.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002300 if (match(D, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002301 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002302 if (match(D, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond)))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002303 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B);
2304 // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | ((cond?0:-1)&D) -> cond ? C : D.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002305 if (match(B, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002306 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002307 if (match(B, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond)))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002308 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D);
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002309 return 0;
2310}
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002311
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002312/// FoldOrOfICmps - Fold (icmp)|(icmp) if possible.
2313Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(Instruction &I,
2314 ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) {
2315 Value *Val, *Val2;
2316 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
2317 ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
2318
2319 // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 B, C2).
Chris Lattner3f40e232009-11-29 00:51:17 +00002320 if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(Val), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))) ||
2321 !match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(Val2), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002322 return 0;
Chris Lattner3f40e232009-11-29 00:51:17 +00002323
2324
2325 // (icmp ne A, 0) | (icmp ne B, 0) --> (icmp ne (A|B), 0)
2326 if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC &&
2327 LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && LHSCst->isZero()) {
2328 Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
2329 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
2330 }
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002331
2332 // From here on, we only handle:
2333 // (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler.
2334 if (Val != Val2) return 0;
2335
2336 // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere.
2337 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
2338 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
2339 LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE ||
2340 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
2341 return 0;
2342
2343 // We can't fold (ugt x, C) | (sgt x, C2).
2344 if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC))
2345 return 0;
2346
2347 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
2348 bool ShouldSwap;
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00002349 if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) ||
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002350 (ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00002351 CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC)))
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002352 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
2353 else
2354 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
2355
2356 if (ShouldSwap) {
2357 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2358 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
2359 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
2360 }
2361
2362 // At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
2363 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
2364 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
2365 // ICMP_EQ, ICMP_NE, ICMP_LT, and ICMP_GT here. We also know (from the
2366 // FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants are not
2367 // equal.
2368 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
2369
2370 switch (LHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002371 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002372 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
2373 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002374 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002375 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002376 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002377 // (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002378 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002379 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off");
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002380 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002381 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, AddCST);
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002382 }
2383 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
2384 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 | X u> 14) -> no change
2385 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 | X s> 14) -> no change
2386 break;
2387 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2388 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
2389 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
2390 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2391 }
2392 break;
2393 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
2394 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002395 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002396 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
2397 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 | X u> 15) -> X != 13
2398 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 | X s> 15) -> X != 13
2399 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2400 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
2401 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X != 13 | X u< 15) -> true
2402 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X != 13 | X s< 15) -> true
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002403 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002404 }
2405 break;
2406 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
2407 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002408 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002409 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
2410 break;
2411 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 | X u> 15) -> (X-13) u> 2
2412 // If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
2413 // this can cause overflow.
2414 if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(false))
2415 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002416 return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002417 false, false, I);
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002418 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
2419 break;
2420 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2421 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
2422 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2423 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
2424 break;
2425 }
2426 break;
2427 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
2428 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002429 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002430 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
2431 break;
2432 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 | X s> 15) -> (X-13) s> 2
2433 // If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
2434 // this can cause overflow.
2435 if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(true))
2436 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002437 return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002438 true, false, I);
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002439 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
2440 break;
2441 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2442 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
2443 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2444 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
2445 break;
2446 }
2447 break;
2448 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
2449 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002450 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002451 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 | X == 15) -> X u> 13
2452 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 | X u> 15) -> X u> 13
2453 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2454 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
2455 break;
2456 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u> 13 | X != 15) -> true
2457 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 | X u< 15) -> true
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002458 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002459 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
2460 break;
2461 }
2462 break;
2463 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
2464 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002465 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002466 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
2467 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 | X s> 15) -> X > 13
2468 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2469 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
2470 break;
2471 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s> 13 | X != 15) -> true
2472 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 | X s< 15) -> true
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002473 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002474 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
2475 break;
2476 }
2477 break;
2478 }
2479 return 0;
2480}
2481
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002482Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS,
2483 FCmpInst *RHS) {
2484 if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
2485 RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
2486 LHS->getOperand(0)->getType() == RHS->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
2487 if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
2488 if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
2489 // If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
2490 // true.
2491 if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002492 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002493
2494 // Otherwise, no need to compare the two constants, compare the
2495 // rest.
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002496 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO,
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002497 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
2498 }
2499
2500 // Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of
2501 // "fcmp uno x,x" is "fcmp uno x, 0".
2502 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
2503 isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1)))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002504 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO,
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002505 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
2506
2507 return 0;
2508 }
2509
2510 Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1);
2511 Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1);
2512 FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate();
2513
2514 if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) {
2515 // Swap RHS operands to match LHS.
2516 Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC);
2517 std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS);
2518 }
2519 if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) {
2520 // Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) | (fcmp cc1 x, y).
2521 if (Op0CC == Op1CC)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002522 return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC,
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002523 Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
2524 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002525 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002526 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
2527 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2528 if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
2529 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2530 bool Op0Ordered;
2531 bool Op1Ordered;
2532 unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered);
2533 unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered);
2534 if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered) {
2535 // If both are ordered or unordered, return a new fcmp with
2536 // or'ed predicates.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002537 Value *RV = getFCmpValue(Op0Ordered, Op0Pred|Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002538 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
2539 return I;
2540 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
2541 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV);
2542 }
2543 }
2544 return 0;
2545}
2546
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002547/// FoldOrWithConstants - This helper function folds:
2548///
Bill Wendlinga8bb13f2008-12-02 05:09:00 +00002549/// ((A | B) & C1) | (B & C2)
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002550///
2551/// into:
2552///
Bill Wendlinga8bb13f2008-12-02 05:09:00 +00002553/// (A & C1) | B
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002554///
Bill Wendlinga8bb13f2008-12-02 05:09:00 +00002555/// when the XOR of the two constants is "all ones" (-1).
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002556Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrWithConstants(BinaryOperator &I, Value *Op,
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002557 Value *A, Value *B, Value *C) {
Bill Wendlingdda74e02008-12-02 05:06:43 +00002558 ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
2559 if (!CI1) return 0;
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002560
Bill Wendling286a0542008-12-02 06:24:20 +00002561 Value *V1 = 0;
2562 ConstantInt *CI2 = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002563 if (!match(Op, m_And(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CI2)))) return 0;
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002564
Bill Wendling29976b92008-12-02 06:18:11 +00002565 APInt Xor = CI1->getValue() ^ CI2->getValue();
2566 if (!Xor.isAllOnesValue()) return 0;
2567
Bill Wendling286a0542008-12-02 06:24:20 +00002568 if (V1 == A || V1 == B) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002569 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd((V1 == A) ? B : A, CI1);
Bill Wendlingd16c6e92008-12-02 06:22:04 +00002570 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NewOp, V1);
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002571 }
2572
2573 return 0;
2574}
2575
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002576Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002577 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002578 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002579
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002580 if (Value *V = SimplifyOrInst(Op0, Op1, TD))
2581 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
2582
2583
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00002584 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
2585 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00002586 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
2587 return &I;
Chris Lattner041a6c92007-06-15 05:26:55 +00002588
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00002589 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +00002590 ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002591 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002592 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002593 isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002594 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002595 Or->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002596 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002597 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
2598 RHS->getValue() | C1->getValue()));
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002599 }
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002600
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002601 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002602 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002603 isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002604 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002605 Or->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002606 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Or,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002607 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
2608 C1->getValue() & ~RHS->getValue()));
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002609 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002610
2611 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2612 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002613 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002614 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002615 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2616 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2617 return NV;
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002618 }
2619
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +00002620 Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
2621 ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0;
Chris Lattnerf4d4c872005-05-07 23:49:08 +00002622
Chris Lattner6423d4c2006-07-10 20:25:24 +00002623 // (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible.
2624 // (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002625 if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
2626 match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
2627 (match(Op0, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())) &&
2628 match(Op1, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())))) {
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002629 if (Instruction *BSwap = MatchBSwap(I))
2630 return BSwap;
2631 }
2632
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002633 // (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002634 if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002635 match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Reid Spencera03d45f2007-03-22 22:19:58 +00002636 MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1->getValue())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002637 Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op1);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002638 NOr->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002639 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002640 }
2641
2642 // Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002643 if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002644 match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Reid Spencera03d45f2007-03-22 22:19:58 +00002645 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1->getValue())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002646 Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op0);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002647 NOr->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002648 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002649 }
2650
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002651 // (A & C)|(B & D)
Chris Lattner2384d7b2007-06-19 05:43:49 +00002652 Value *C = 0, *D = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002653 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(C))) &&
2654 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002655 Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0, *V3 = 0;
2656 C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
2657 C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D);
2658 if (C1 && C2) { // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
2659 // If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
2660 // .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
2661 // replace with V+N.
2662 if (C1->getValue() == ~C2->getValue()) {
2663 if ((C2->getValue() & (C2->getValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002664 match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002665 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2666 if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2->getValue()))
2667 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
2668 if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2->getValue()))
2669 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
2670 }
2671 // Or commutes, try both ways.
2672 if ((C1->getValue() & (C1->getValue()+1)) == 0 &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002673 match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002674 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2675 if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1->getValue()))
2676 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
2677 if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1->getValue()))
2678 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
2679 }
2680 }
Chris Lattnere4412c12010-01-04 06:03:59 +00002681
2682 // ((V | N) & C1) | (V & C2) --> (V|N) & (C1|C2)
2683 // iff (C1&C2) == 0 and (N&~C1) == 0
2684 if ((C1->getValue() & C2->getValue()) == 0) {
2685 if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2))) &&
2686 ((V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, ~C1->getValue())) || // (V|N)
2687 (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, ~C1->getValue())))) // (N|V)
2688 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A,
2689 ConstantInt::get(A->getContext(),
2690 C1->getValue()|C2->getValue()));
2691 // Or commutes, try both ways.
2692 if (match(B, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2))) &&
2693 ((V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, ~C2->getValue())) || // (V|N)
2694 (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, ~C2->getValue())))) // (N|V)
2695 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(B,
2696 ConstantInt::get(B->getContext(),
2697 C1->getValue()|C2->getValue()));
2698 }
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002699 }
2700
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002701 // Check to see if we have any common things being and'ed. If so, find the
2702 // terms for V1 & (V2|V3).
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002703 if (isOnlyUse(Op0) || isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere4412c12010-01-04 06:03:59 +00002704 V1 = 0;
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002705 if (A == B) // (A & C)|(A & D) == A & (C|D)
2706 V1 = A, V2 = C, V3 = D;
2707 else if (A == D) // (A & C)|(B & A) == A & (B|C)
2708 V1 = A, V2 = B, V3 = C;
2709 else if (C == B) // (A & C)|(C & D) == C & (A|D)
2710 V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = D;
2711 else if (C == D) // (A & C)|(B & C) == C & (A|B)
2712 V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = B;
2713
2714 if (V1) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002715 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(V2, V3, "tmp");
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002716 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, Or);
Chris Lattner0b7c0bf2005-09-18 06:02:59 +00002717 }
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002718 }
Dan Gohmanb493b272008-10-28 22:38:57 +00002719
Dan Gohman1975d032008-10-30 20:40:10 +00002720 // (A & (C0?-1:0)) | (B & ~(C0?-1:0)) -> C0 ? A : B, and commuted variants
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002721 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(A, B, C, D))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002722 return Match;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002723 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(B, A, D, C))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002724 return Match;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002725 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(C, B, A, D))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002726 return Match;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002727 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(D, A, B, C))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002728 return Match;
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002729
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002730 // ((A&~B)|(~A&B)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002731 if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) &&
2732 match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(A)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002733 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, D);
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002734 // ((~B&A)|(~A&B)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002735 if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) &&
2736 match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(C)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002737 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, D);
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002738 // ((A&~B)|(B&~A)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002739 if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) &&
2740 match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(A)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002741 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002742 // ((~B&A)|(B&~A)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002743 if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) &&
2744 match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(C)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002745 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, B);
Chris Lattnere9bed7d2005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002746 }
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002747
2748 // (X >> Z) | (Y >> Z) -> (X|Y) >> Z for all shifts.
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002749 if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
2750 if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
2751 if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002752 SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
2753 (SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002754 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0),
2755 SI0->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002756 return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002757 SI1->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002758 }
2759 }
Chris Lattner67ca7682003-08-12 19:11:07 +00002760
Bill Wendlingb3833d12008-12-01 01:07:11 +00002761 // ((A|B)&1)|(B&-2) -> (A&1) | B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002762 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) ||
2763 match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) {
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002764 Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op1, A, B, C);
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002765 if (Ret) return Ret;
Bill Wendlingb3833d12008-12-01 01:07:11 +00002766 }
2767 // (B&-2)|((A|B)&1) -> (A&1) | B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002768 if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) ||
2769 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) {
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002770 Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op0, A, B, C);
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002771 if (Ret) return Ret;
Bill Wendlingb3833d12008-12-01 01:07:11 +00002772 }
2773
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002774 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
2775 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0))
2776 if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1))
2777 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
2778 Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
2779 I.getName()+".demorgan");
2780 return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(And);
2781 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002782
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002783 // (icmp1 A, B) | (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
2784 if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002785 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002786 return R;
2787
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002788 if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
2789 if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2790 return Res;
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002791 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002792
2793 // fold (or (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (or A, B))
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002794 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002795 if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002796 if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) {// same cast kind ?
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002797 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0)) ||
2798 !isa<ICmpInst>(Op1C->getOperand(0))) {
2799 const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00002800 if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() &&
2801 SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() &&
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002802 // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be
2803 // generated.
2804 ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002805 I.getType()) &&
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002806 ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002807 I.getType())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002808 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(Op0C->getOperand(0),
2809 Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002810 return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002811 }
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002812 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002813 }
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002814 }
2815
2816
2817 // (fcmp uno x, c) | (fcmp uno y, c) -> (fcmp uno x, y)
2818 if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002819 if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2820 if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2821 return Res;
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002822 }
Chris Lattnere9bed7d2005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002823
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002824 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002825}
2826
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +00002827namespace {
2828
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002829// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
2830struct XorSelf {
2831 Value *RHS;
2832 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
2833 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
2834 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
2835 return &Xor;
2836 }
2837};
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002838
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +00002839}
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002840
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002841Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002842 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002843 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002844
Evan Chengd34af782008-03-25 20:07:13 +00002845 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
2846 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
2847 // Handle undef ^ undef -> 0 special case. This is a common
2848 // idiom (misuse).
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00002849 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002850 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
Evan Chengd34af782008-03-25 20:07:13 +00002851 }
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002852
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002853 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002854 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
Chris Lattnera9ff5eb2007-08-05 08:47:58 +00002855 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?"); Result=Result;
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00002856 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002857 }
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00002858
2859 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
2860 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00002861 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
2862 return &I;
2863 if (isa<VectorType>(I.getType()))
2864 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1))
2865 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X ^ <0,0> -> X
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002866
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002867 // Is this a ~ operation?
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002868 if (Value *NotOp = dyn_castNotVal(&I)) {
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002869 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NotOp)) {
2870 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
2871 Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +00002872 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2873 // ~(~X | Y) === (X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2874 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
2875 Op0I->swapOperands();
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002876 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002877 Value *NotY =
2878 Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
2879 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002880 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002881 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002882 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, NotY);
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002883 }
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +00002884
2885 // ~(X & Y) --> (~X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2886 // ~(X | Y) === (~X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2887 if (isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(0)) &&
2888 isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
2889 Value *NotX =
2890 Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(0), "notlhs");
2891 Value *NotY =
2892 Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1), "notrhs");
2893 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
2894 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NotX, NotY);
2895 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NotX, NotY);
2896 }
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002897 }
2898 }
2899 }
2900
2901
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00002902 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00002903 if (RHS->isOne() && Op0->hasOneUse()) {
Bill Wendling3479be92009-01-01 01:18:23 +00002904 // xor (cmp A, B), true = not (cmp A, B) = !cmp A, B
Nick Lewyckyf947b3e2007-08-06 20:04:16 +00002905 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002906 return new ICmpInst(ICI->getInversePredicate(),
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002907 ICI->getOperand(0), ICI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002908
Nick Lewyckyf947b3e2007-08-06 20:04:16 +00002909 if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op0))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002910 return new FCmpInst(FCI->getInversePredicate(),
Nick Lewyckyf947b3e2007-08-06 20:04:16 +00002911 FCI->getOperand(0), FCI->getOperand(1));
2912 }
2913
Nick Lewycky517e1f52008-05-31 19:01:33 +00002914 // fold (xor(zext(cmp)), 1) and (xor(sext(cmp)), -1) to ext(!cmp).
2915 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2916 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0))) {
2917 if (CI->hasOneUse() && Op0C->hasOneUse()) {
2918 Instruction::CastOps Opcode = Op0C->getOpcode();
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002919 if ((Opcode == Instruction::ZExt || Opcode == Instruction::SExt) &&
2920 (RHS == ConstantExpr::getCast(Opcode,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002921 ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()),
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002922 Op0C->getDestTy()))) {
2923 CI->setPredicate(CI->getInversePredicate());
2924 return CastInst::Create(Opcode, CI, Op0C->getType());
Nick Lewycky517e1f52008-05-31 19:01:33 +00002925 }
2926 }
2927 }
2928 }
2929
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002930 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002931 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002932 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2933 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002934 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2935 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00002936 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002937 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002938 }
Chris Lattner5c6e2db2007-04-02 05:36:22 +00002939
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00002940 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00002941 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner689d24b2003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002942 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002943 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002944 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002945 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002946 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00002947 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002948 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattneracf4e072007-04-02 05:42:22 +00002949 } else if (RHS->getValue().isSignBit()) {
Chris Lattner5c6e2db2007-04-02 05:36:22 +00002950 // (X + C) ^ signbit -> (X + C + signbit)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002951 Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00002952 RHS->getValue() + Op0CI->getValue());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002953 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(0), C);
Chris Lattnercd1d6d52007-04-02 05:48:58 +00002954
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002955 }
Chris Lattner02bd1b32006-02-26 19:57:54 +00002956 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
2957 // (X|C1)^C2 -> X^(C1|C2) iff X&~C1 == 0
Reid Spencera03d45f2007-03-22 22:19:58 +00002958 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op0CI->getValue())) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002959 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getOr(Op0CI, RHS);
Chris Lattner02bd1b32006-02-26 19:57:54 +00002960 // Anything in both C1 and C2 is known to be zero, remove it from
2961 // NewRHS.
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002962 Constant *CommonBits = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Op0CI, RHS);
2963 NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getAnd(NewRHS,
2964 ConstantExpr::getNot(CommonBits));
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00002965 Worklist.Add(Op0I);
Chris Lattner02bd1b32006-02-26 19:57:54 +00002966 I.setOperand(0, Op0I->getOperand(0));
2967 I.setOperand(1, NewRHS);
2968 return &I;
2969 }
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002970 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00002971 }
Chris Lattner05bd1b22002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002972 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002973
2974 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2975 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002976 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002977 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002978 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2979 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2980 return NV;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002981 }
2982
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002983 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002984 if (X == Op1)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00002985 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002986
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002987 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002988 if (X == Op0)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00002989 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002990
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00002991
2992 BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1);
2993 if (Op1I) {
2994 Value *A, *B;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002995 if (match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00002996 if (A == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002997 Op1I->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002998 I.swapOperands();
2999 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003000 } else if (B == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003001 I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00003002 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003003 }
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003004 } else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003005 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // A^(A^B) == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003006 } else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op0)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003007 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // A^(B^A) == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003008 } else if (match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003009 Op1I->hasOneUse()){
Chris Lattner6abbdf92007-04-01 05:36:37 +00003010 if (A == Op0) { // A^(A&B) -> A^(B&A)
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003011 Op1I->swapOperands();
Chris Lattner6abbdf92007-04-01 05:36:37 +00003012 std::swap(A, B);
3013 }
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003014 if (B == Op0) { // A^(B&A) -> (B&A)^A
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003015 I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
3016 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
3017 }
Chris Lattner26ca7e12004-02-16 03:54:20 +00003018 }
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003019 }
3020
3021 BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
3022 if (Op0I) {
3023 Value *A, *B;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003024 if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003025 Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003026 if (A == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
3027 std::swap(A, B);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003028 if (B == Op1) // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
3029 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(Op1, "tmp"));
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003030 } else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003031 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // (A^B)^A == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003032 } else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op1)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003033 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // (B^A)^A == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003034 } else if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003035 Op0I->hasOneUse()){
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003036 if (A == Op1) // (A&B)^A -> (B&A)^A
3037 std::swap(A, B);
3038 if (B == Op1 && // (B&A)^A == ~B & A
Chris Lattnerae1ab392006-04-01 22:05:01 +00003039 !isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { // Canonical form is (B&C)^C
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003040 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Builder->CreateNot(A, "tmp"), Op1);
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003041 }
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00003042 }
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003043 }
3044
3045 // (X >> Z) ^ (Y >> Z) -> (X^Y) >> Z for all shifts.
3046 if (Op0I && Op1I && Op0I->isShift() &&
3047 Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() &&
3048 Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1) &&
3049 (Op1I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003050 Value *NewOp =
3051 Builder->CreateXor(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op1I->getOperand(0),
3052 Op0I->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003053 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op1I->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003054 Op1I->getOperand(1));
3055 }
3056
3057 if (Op0I && Op1I) {
3058 Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
3059 // (A & B)^(A | B) -> A ^ B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003060 if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3061 match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003062 if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003063 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003064 }
3065 // (A | B)^(A & B) -> A ^ B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003066 if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3067 match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003068 if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003069 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003070 }
3071
3072 // (A & B)^(C & D)
3073 if ((Op0I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse()) &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003074 match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3075 match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003076 // (X & Y)^(X & Y) -> (Y^Z) & X
3077 Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
3078 if (A == C)
3079 X = A, Y = B, Z = D;
3080 else if (A == D)
3081 X = A, Y = B, Z = C;
3082 else if (B == C)
3083 X = B, Y = A, Z = D;
3084 else if (B == D)
3085 X = B, Y = A, Z = C;
3086
3087 if (X) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003088 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Y, Z, Op0->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003089 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewOp, X);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003090 }
3091 }
3092 }
3093
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003094 // (icmp1 A, B) ^ (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
3095 if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00003096 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00003097 return R;
3098
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00003099 // fold (xor (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (xor A, B))
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00003100 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00003101 if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00003102 if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind?
3103 const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattner42a75512007-01-15 02:27:26 +00003104 if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00003105 // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003106 ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003107 I.getType()) &&
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003108 ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003109 I.getType())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003110 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Op0C->getOperand(0),
3111 Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003112 return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00003113 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00003114 }
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00003115 }
Nick Lewycky517e1f52008-05-31 19:01:33 +00003116
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003117 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003118}
3119
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003120
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003121Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) {
3122 return commonShiftTransforms(I);
3123}
3124
3125Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
3126 return commonShiftTransforms(I);
3127}
3128
3129Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner348f6652007-12-06 01:59:46 +00003130 if (Instruction *R = commonShiftTransforms(I))
3131 return R;
3132
3133 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
3134
3135 // ashr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3136 if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
3137 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3138 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
Dan Gohman0001e562009-02-24 02:00:40 +00003139
Dan Gohmanc6ac3222009-06-16 19:55:29 +00003140 // See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
3141 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
3142 APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())))
3143 return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, I.getOperand(1));
3144
3145 // Arithmetic shifting an all-sign-bit value is a no-op.
3146 unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op0);
3147 if (NumSignBits == Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())
3148 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Dan Gohman0001e562009-02-24 02:00:40 +00003149
Chris Lattner348f6652007-12-06 01:59:46 +00003150 return 0;
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003151}
3152
3153Instruction *InstCombiner::commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
3154 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == I.getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003155 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003156
3157 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3158 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003159 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()) ||
3160 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003161 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner8d6bbdb2006-02-12 08:07:37 +00003162
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003163 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
3164 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // undef >>s X -> undef
Chris Lattner79a564c2004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003165 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003166 else // undef << X -> 0, undef >>u X -> 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003167 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003168 }
3169 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003170 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // X >>s undef -> X
3171 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
3172 else // X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003173 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003174 }
3175
Dan Gohman9004c8a2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00003176 // See if we can fold away this shift.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00003177 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
Dan Gohman9004c8a2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00003178 return &I;
3179
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003180 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3181 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3182 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003183 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003184 return R;
3185
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003186 if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1))
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00003187 if (Instruction *Res = FoldShiftByConstant(Op0, CUI, I))
3188 return Res;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003189 return 0;
3190}
3191
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003192Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003193 BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4598c942009-01-31 08:24:16 +00003194 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003195
Chris Lattner8d6bbdb2006-02-12 08:07:37 +00003196 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
3197 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohmanc6ac3222009-06-16 19:55:29 +00003198 uint32_t TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8d6bbdb2006-02-12 08:07:37 +00003199
Dan Gohmana119de82009-06-14 23:30:43 +00003200 // shl i32 X, 32 = 0 and srl i8 Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate
3201 // a signed shift.
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003202 //
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00003203 if (Op1->uge(TypeBits)) {
Chris Lattner0737c242007-02-02 05:29:55 +00003204 if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003205 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003206 else {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003207 I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), TypeBits-1));
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003208 return &I;
Chris Lattner8adac752004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003209 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003210 }
3211
3212 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3213 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3214 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3215 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003216 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(BO->getOperand(0),
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00003217 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, Op1));
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003218
3219 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3220 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003221 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003222 return R;
3223 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3224 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3225 return NV;
3226
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003227 // Fold shift2(trunc(shift1(x,c1)), c2) -> trunc(shift2(shift1(x,c1),c2))
3228 if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op0)) {
3229 Instruction *TrOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TI->getOperand(0));
3230 // If 'shift2' is an ashr, we would have to get the sign bit into a funny
3231 // place. Don't try to do this transformation in this case. Also, we
3232 // require that the input operand is a shift-by-constant so that we have
3233 // confidence that the shifts will get folded together. We could do this
3234 // xform in more cases, but it is unlikely to be profitable.
3235 if (TrOp && I.isLogicalShift() && TrOp->isShift() &&
3236 isa<ConstantInt>(TrOp->getOperand(1))) {
3237 // Okay, we'll do this xform. Make the shift of shift.
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00003238 Constant *ShAmt = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1, TrOp->getType());
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003239 // (shift2 (shift1 & 0x00FF), c2)
3240 Value *NSh = Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), TrOp, ShAmt,I.getName());
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003241
3242 // For logical shifts, the truncation has the effect of making the high
3243 // part of the register be zeros. Emulate this by inserting an AND to
3244 // clear the top bits as needed. This 'and' will usually be zapped by
3245 // other xforms later if dead.
Dan Gohmanc6ac3222009-06-16 19:55:29 +00003246 unsigned SrcSize = TrOp->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
3247 unsigned DstSize = TI->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003248 APInt MaskV(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, DstSize));
3249
3250 // The mask we constructed says what the trunc would do if occurring
3251 // between the shifts. We want to know the effect *after* the second
3252 // shift. We know that it is a logical shift by a constant, so adjust the
3253 // mask as appropriate.
3254 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
3255 MaskV <<= Op1->getZExtValue();
3256 else {
3257 assert(I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && "Unknown logical shift");
3258 MaskV = MaskV.lshr(Op1->getZExtValue());
3259 }
3260
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003261 // shift1 & 0x00FF
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003262 Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(NSh,
3263 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), MaskV),
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003264 TI->getName());
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003265
3266 // Return the value truncated to the interesting size.
3267 return new TruncInst(And, I.getType());
3268 }
3269 }
3270
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003271 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003272 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
3273 // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
3274 Value *V1, *V2;
3275 ConstantInt *CC;
3276 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003277 default: break;
3278 case Instruction::Add:
3279 case Instruction::And:
3280 case Instruction::Or:
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003281 case Instruction::Xor: {
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003282 // These operators commute.
3283 // Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003284 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003285 match(Op0BO->getOperand(1), m_Shr(m_Value(V1),
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003286 m_Specific(Op1)))) {
3287 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3288 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
3289 // (X + (Y << C))
3290 Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, V1,
3291 Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName());
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00003292 uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003293 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
Zhou Sheng90b96812007-03-30 05:45:18 +00003294 APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003295 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003296
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003297 // Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C))
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003298 Value *Op0BOOp1 = Op0BO->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3c698492007-03-05 00:11:19 +00003299 if (isLeftShift && Op0BOOp1->hasOneUse() &&
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003300 match(Op0BOOp1,
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003301 m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Specific(Op1)),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003302 m_ConstantInt(CC))) &&
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003303 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BOOp1)->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003304 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3305 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
3306 Op0BO->getName());
3307 // X & (CC << C)
3308 Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
3309 V1->getName()+".mask");
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003310 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003311 }
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003312 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003313
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003314 // FALL THROUGH.
3315 case Instruction::Sub: {
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003316 // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003317 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003318 match(Op0BO->getOperand(0), m_Shr(m_Value(V1),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003319 m_Specific(Op1)))) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003320 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3321 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
3322 // (X + (Y << C))
3323 Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), V1, YS,
3324 Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName());
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00003325 uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003326 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
Zhou Sheng90b96812007-03-30 05:45:18 +00003327 APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003328 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003329
Chris Lattner13d4ab42006-05-31 21:14:00 +00003330 // Turn (((X >> C)&CC) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (CC << C)
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003331 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
3332 match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
3333 m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003334 m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 &&
Chris Lattner9a4cacb2006-02-09 07:41:14 +00003335 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0))
3336 ->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003337 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3338 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
3339 // X & (CC << C)
3340 Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
3341 V1->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003342
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003343 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), XM, YS);
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003344 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003345
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003346 break;
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003347 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003348 }
3349
3350
3351 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3352 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
3353 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3354 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3355 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3356
3357 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003358 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner1f7e1602004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003359 case Instruction::Add:
3360 isValid = isLeftShift;
3361 break;
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003362 case Instruction::Or:
3363 case Instruction::Xor:
3364 highBitSet = false;
3365 break;
3366 case Instruction::And:
3367 highBitSet = true;
3368 break;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003369 }
3370
3371 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3372 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3373 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3374 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3375 // operation.
3376 //
Chris Lattnerc95ba442007-12-06 06:25:04 +00003377 if (isValid && I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003378 isValid = Op0C->getValue()[TypeBits-1] == highBitSet;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003379
3380 if (isValid) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00003381 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, Op1);
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003382
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003383 Value *NewShift =
3384 Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00003385 NewShift->takeName(Op0BO);
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003386
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003387 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003388 NewRHS);
3389 }
3390 }
3391 }
3392 }
3393
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003394 // Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant.
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003395 BinaryOperator *ShiftOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
3396 if (ShiftOp && !ShiftOp->isShift())
3397 ShiftOp = 0;
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003398
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003399 if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) {
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003400 ConstantInt *ShiftAmt1C = cast<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1));
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00003401 uint32_t ShiftAmt1 = ShiftAmt1C->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
3402 uint32_t ShiftAmt2 = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003403 assert(ShiftAmt2 != 0 && "Should have been simplified earlier");
3404 if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return 0; // Will be simplified in the future.
3405 Value *X = ShiftOp->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003406
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00003407 uint32_t AmtSum = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift.
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003408
3409 const IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
3410
3411 // Check for (X << c1) << c2 and (X >> c1) >> c2
Chris Lattner7f3da2d2007-02-03 23:28:07 +00003412 if (I.getOpcode() == ShiftOp->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003413 // If this is oversized composite shift, then unsigned shifts get 0, ashr
3414 // saturates.
3415 if (AmtSum >= TypeBits) {
3416 if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003417 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003418 AmtSum = TypeBits-1; // Saturate to 31 for i32 ashr.
3419 }
3420
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003421 return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), X,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003422 ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003423 }
3424
3425 if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr &&
3426 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003427 if (AmtSum >= TypeBits)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003428 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003429
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003430 // ((X >>u C1) >>s C2) -> (X >>u (C1+C2)) since C1 != 0.
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003431 return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003432 }
3433
3434 if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr &&
3435 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003436 // ((X >>s C1) >>u C2) -> ((X >>s (C1+C2)) & mask) since C1 != 0.
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003437 if (AmtSum >= TypeBits)
3438 AmtSum = TypeBits-1;
3439
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003440 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateAShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003441
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003442 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003443 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
3444 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), Mask));
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003445 }
3446
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003447 // Okay, if we get here, one shift must be left, and the other shift must be
3448 // right. See if the amounts are equal.
3449 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
3450 // If we have ((X >>? C) << C), turn this into X & (-1 << C).
3451 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
Reid Spencer55702aa2007-03-25 21:11:44 +00003452 APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003453 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X,
3454 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003455 }
3456 // If we have ((X << C) >>u C), turn this into X & (-1 >>u C).
3457 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00003458 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003459 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X,
3460 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003461 }
3462 // We can simplify ((X << C) >>s C) into a trunc + sext.
3463 // NOTE: we could do this for any C, but that would make 'unusual' integer
3464 // types. For now, just stick to ones well-supported by the code
3465 // generators.
3466 const Type *SExtType = 0;
3467 switch (Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1) {
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003468 case 1 :
3469 case 8 :
3470 case 16 :
3471 case 32 :
3472 case 64 :
3473 case 128:
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003474 SExtType = IntegerType::get(I.getContext(),
3475 Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1);
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003476 break;
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003477 default: break;
3478 }
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003479 if (SExtType)
3480 return new SExtInst(Builder->CreateTrunc(X, SExtType, "sext"), Ty);
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003481 // Otherwise, we can't handle it yet.
3482 } else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00003483 uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1;
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003484
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003485 // (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X << (C2-C1) & (-1 << C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003486 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
3487 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
3488 ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003489 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnere8d56c52006-01-07 01:32:28 +00003490
Reid Spencer55702aa2007-03-25 21:11:44 +00003491 APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003492 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003493 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003494 }
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003495
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003496 // (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X >>u (C2-C1) & (-1 >> C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003497 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
3498 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003499 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003500
Reid Spencerd5e30f02007-03-26 17:18:58 +00003501 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003502 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003503 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003504 }
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003505
3506 // We can't handle (X << C1) >>s C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
3507 } else {
3508 assert(ShiftAmt2 < ShiftAmt1);
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00003509 uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2;
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003510
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003511 // (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X >>? (C1-C2) & (-1 << C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003512 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
3513 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
3514 ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003515 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateBinOp(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), X,
3516 ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003517
Reid Spencer55702aa2007-03-25 21:11:44 +00003518 APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003519 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003520 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003521 }
3522
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003523 // (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X << (C1-C2) & (-1 >> C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003524 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
3525 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003526 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003527
Reid Spencer68d27cf2007-03-26 23:45:51 +00003528 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003529 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003530 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003531 }
3532
3533 // We can't handle (X << C1) >>a C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003534 }
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003535 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003536 return 0;
3537}
3538
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003539
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00003540
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003541/// FindElementAtOffset - Given a type and a constant offset, determine whether
3542/// or not there is a sequence of GEP indices into the type that will land us at
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003543/// the specified offset. If so, fill them into NewIndices and return the
3544/// resultant element type, otherwise return null.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003545const Type *InstCombiner::FindElementAtOffset(const Type *Ty, int64_t Offset,
3546 SmallVectorImpl<Value*> &NewIndices) {
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00003547 if (!TD) return 0;
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003548 if (!Ty->isSized()) return 0;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003549
3550 // Start with the index over the outer type. Note that the type size
3551 // might be zero (even if the offset isn't zero) if the indexed type
3552 // is something like [0 x {int, int}]
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003553 const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Ty->getContext());
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003554 int64_t FirstIdx = 0;
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00003555 if (int64_t TySize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(Ty)) {
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003556 FirstIdx = Offset/TySize;
Chris Lattner31a69cb2009-01-11 20:41:36 +00003557 Offset -= FirstIdx*TySize;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003558
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003559 // Handle hosts where % returns negative instead of values [0..TySize).
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003560 if (Offset < 0) {
3561 --FirstIdx;
3562 Offset += TySize;
3563 assert(Offset >= 0);
3564 }
3565 assert((uint64_t)Offset < (uint64_t)TySize && "Out of range offset");
3566 }
3567
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003568 NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, FirstIdx));
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003569
3570 // Index into the types. If we fail, set OrigBase to null.
3571 while (Offset) {
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003572 // Indexing into tail padding between struct/array elements.
3573 if (uint64_t(Offset*8) >= TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003574 return 0;
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003575
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003576 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3577 const StructLayout *SL = TD->getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003578 assert(Offset < (int64_t)SL->getSizeInBytes() &&
3579 "Offset must stay within the indexed type");
3580
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003581 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003582 NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext()),
3583 Elt));
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003584
3585 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
3586 Ty = STy->getElementType(Elt);
Chris Lattner1c412d92009-01-11 20:23:52 +00003587 } else if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00003588 uint64_t EltSize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(AT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003589 assert(EltSize && "Cannot index into a zero-sized array");
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003590 NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy,Offset/EltSize));
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003591 Offset %= EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c412d92009-01-11 20:23:52 +00003592 Ty = AT->getElementType();
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003593 } else {
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003594 // Otherwise, we can't index into the middle of this atomic type, bail.
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003595 return 0;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003596 }
3597 }
3598
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003599 return Ty;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003600}
3601
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003602
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003603/// EnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer points to an object that
3604/// we control, modify the object's alignment to PrefAlign. This isn't
3605/// often possible though. If alignment is important, a more reliable approach
3606/// is to simply align all global variables and allocation instructions to
3607/// their preferred alignment from the beginning.
3608///
3609static unsigned EnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
3610 unsigned Align, unsigned PrefAlign) {
Chris Lattnerf2369f22007-08-09 19:05:49 +00003611
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003612 User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V);
3613 if (!U) return Align;
3614
Dan Gohmanca178902009-07-17 20:47:02 +00003615 switch (Operator::getOpcode(U)) {
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003616 default: break;
3617 case Instruction::BitCast:
3618 return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
3619 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003620 // If all indexes are zero, it is just the alignment of the base pointer.
3621 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
Gabor Greif52ed3632008-06-12 21:51:29 +00003622 for (User::op_iterator i = U->op_begin() + 1, e = U->op_end(); i != e; ++i)
Gabor Greif177dd3f2008-06-12 21:37:33 +00003623 if (!isa<Constant>(*i) ||
3624 !cast<Constant>(*i)->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003625 AllZeroOperands = false;
3626 break;
3627 }
Chris Lattnerf2369f22007-08-09 19:05:49 +00003628
3629 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3630 // Treat this like a bitcast.
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003631 return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
Chris Lattnerf2369f22007-08-09 19:05:49 +00003632 }
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003633 break;
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003634 }
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003635 }
3636
3637 if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) {
3638 // If there is a large requested alignment and we can, bump up the alignment
3639 // of the global.
3640 if (!GV->isDeclaration()) {
Dan Gohmanecd0fb52009-02-16 23:02:21 +00003641 if (GV->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign)
3642 Align = GV->getAlignment();
3643 else {
3644 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
3645 Align = PrefAlign;
3646 }
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003647 }
Chris Lattner42ebefa2009-09-27 21:42:46 +00003648 } else if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V)) {
3649 // If there is a requested alignment and if this is an alloca, round up.
3650 if (AI->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign)
3651 Align = AI->getAlignment();
3652 else {
3653 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
3654 Align = PrefAlign;
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003655 }
3656 }
3657
3658 return Align;
3659}
3660
3661/// GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer has an alignment that
3662/// we can determine, return it, otherwise return 0. If PrefAlign is specified,
3663/// and it is more than the alignment of the ultimate object, see if we can
3664/// increase the alignment of the ultimate object, making this check succeed.
3665unsigned InstCombiner::GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
3666 unsigned PrefAlign) {
3667 unsigned BitWidth = TD ? TD->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) :
3668 sizeof(PrefAlign) * CHAR_BIT;
3669 APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
3670 APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
3671 ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
3672 unsigned TrailZ = KnownZero.countTrailingOnes();
3673 unsigned Align = 1u << std::min(BitWidth - 1, TrailZ);
3674
3675 if (PrefAlign > Align)
3676 Align = EnforceKnownAlignment(V, Align, PrefAlign);
3677
3678 // We don't need to make any adjustment.
3679 return Align;
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003680}
3681
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003682Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) {
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003683 unsigned DstAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(1));
Dan Gohmanbc989d42009-02-22 18:06:32 +00003684 unsigned SrcAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(2));
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003685 unsigned MinAlign = std::min(DstAlign, SrcAlign);
Chris Lattnerdfe964c2009-03-08 03:59:00 +00003686 unsigned CopyAlign = MI->getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003687
3688 if (CopyAlign < MinAlign) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003689 MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(),
Owen Andersona547b472009-07-09 18:36:20 +00003690 MinAlign, false));
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003691 return MI;
3692 }
3693
3694 // If MemCpyInst length is 1/2/4/8 bytes then replace memcpy with
3695 // load/store.
3696 ConstantInt *MemOpLength = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getOperand(3));
3697 if (MemOpLength == 0) return 0;
3698
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003699 // Source and destination pointer types are always "i8*" for intrinsic. See
3700 // if the size is something we can handle with a single primitive load/store.
3701 // A single load+store correctly handles overlapping memory in the memmove
3702 // case.
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003703 unsigned Size = MemOpLength->getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003704 if (Size == 0) return MI; // Delete this mem transfer.
3705
3706 if (Size > 8 || (Size&(Size-1)))
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003707 return 0; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit.
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003708
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003709 // Use an integer load+store unless we can find something better.
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00003710 Type *NewPtrTy =
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003711 PointerType::getUnqual(IntegerType::get(MI->getContext(), Size<<3));
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003712
3713 // Memcpy forces the use of i8* for the source and destination. That means
3714 // that if you're using memcpy to move one double around, you'll get a cast
3715 // from double* to i8*. We'd much rather use a double load+store rather than
3716 // an i64 load+store, here because this improves the odds that the source or
3717 // dest address will be promotable. See if we can find a better type than the
3718 // integer datatype.
3719 if (Value *Op = getBitCastOperand(MI->getOperand(1))) {
3720 const Type *SrcETy = cast<PointerType>(Op->getType())->getElementType();
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00003721 if (TD && SrcETy->isSized() && TD->getTypeStoreSize(SrcETy) == Size) {
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003722 // The SrcETy might be something like {{{double}}} or [1 x double]. Rip
3723 // down through these levels if so.
Dan Gohman8f8e2692008-05-23 01:52:21 +00003724 while (!SrcETy->isSingleValueType()) {
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003725 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(SrcETy)) {
3726 if (STy->getNumElements() == 1)
3727 SrcETy = STy->getElementType(0);
3728 else
3729 break;
3730 } else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcETy)) {
3731 if (ATy->getNumElements() == 1)
3732 SrcETy = ATy->getElementType();
3733 else
3734 break;
3735 } else
3736 break;
3737 }
3738
Dan Gohman8f8e2692008-05-23 01:52:21 +00003739 if (SrcETy->isSingleValueType())
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00003740 NewPtrTy = PointerType::getUnqual(SrcETy);
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003741 }
3742 }
3743
3744
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003745 // If the memcpy/memmove provides better alignment info than we can
3746 // infer, use it.
3747 SrcAlign = std::max(SrcAlign, CopyAlign);
3748 DstAlign = std::max(DstAlign, CopyAlign);
3749
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00003750 Value *Src = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(2), NewPtrTy);
3751 Value *Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(1), NewPtrTy);
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003752 Instruction *L = new LoadInst(Src, "tmp", false, SrcAlign);
3753 InsertNewInstBefore(L, *MI);
3754 InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(L, Dest, false, DstAlign), *MI);
3755
3756 // Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003757 MI->setOperand(3, Constant::getNullValue(MemOpLength->getType()));
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003758 return MI;
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003759}
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003760
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003761Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) {
3762 unsigned Alignment = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getDest());
Chris Lattnerdfe964c2009-03-08 03:59:00 +00003763 if (MI->getAlignment() < Alignment) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003764 MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(),
Owen Andersona547b472009-07-09 18:36:20 +00003765 Alignment, false));
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003766 return MI;
3767 }
3768
3769 // Extract the length and alignment and fill if they are constant.
3770 ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
3771 ConstantInt *FillC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getValue());
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003772 if (!LenC || !FillC || FillC->getType() != Type::getInt8Ty(MI->getContext()))
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003773 return 0;
3774 uint64_t Len = LenC->getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerdfe964c2009-03-08 03:59:00 +00003775 Alignment = MI->getAlignment();
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003776
3777 // If the length is zero, this is a no-op
3778 if (Len == 0) return MI; // memset(d,c,0,a) -> noop
3779
3780 // memset(s,c,n) -> store s, c (for n=1,2,4,8)
3781 if (Len <= 8 && isPowerOf2_32((uint32_t)Len)) {
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003782 const Type *ITy = IntegerType::get(MI->getContext(), Len*8); // n=1 -> i8.
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003783
3784 Value *Dest = MI->getDest();
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00003785 Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(Dest, PointerType::getUnqual(ITy));
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003786
3787 // Alignment 0 is identity for alignment 1 for memset, but not store.
3788 if (Alignment == 0) Alignment = 1;
3789
3790 // Extract the fill value and store.
3791 uint64_t Fill = FillC->getZExtValue()*0x0101010101010101ULL;
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003792 InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(ConstantInt::get(ITy, Fill),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00003793 Dest, false, Alignment), *MI);
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003794
3795 // Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003796 MI->setLength(Constant::getNullValue(LenC->getType()));
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003797 return MI;
3798 }
3799
3800 return 0;
3801}
3802
3803
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003804/// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding
3805/// of intrinsic instructions. For normal calls, it allows visitCallSite to do
3806/// the heavy lifting.
3807///
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003808Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00003809 if (isFreeCall(&CI))
3810 return visitFree(CI);
3811
Chris Lattneraab6ec42009-05-13 17:39:14 +00003812 // If the caller function is nounwind, mark the call as nounwind, even if the
3813 // callee isn't.
3814 if (CI.getParent()->getParent()->doesNotThrow() &&
3815 !CI.doesNotThrow()) {
3816 CI.setDoesNotThrow();
3817 return &CI;
3818 }
3819
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003820 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&CI);
3821 if (!II) return visitCallSite(&CI);
3822
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003823 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3824 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003825 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(II)) {
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003826 bool Changed = false;
3827
3828 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3829 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3830 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3831
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003832 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003833 if (CI->getZExtValue() == 1) {
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003834 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3835 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3836 // alignment is sufficient.
3837 }
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003838 }
3839
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003840 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3841 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3842 // into a call to memcpy.
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003843 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI)) {
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003844 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3845 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3846 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00003847 Intrinsic::ID MemCpyID = Intrinsic::memcpy;
3848 const Type *Tys[1];
3849 Tys[0] = CI.getOperand(3)->getType();
3850 CI.setOperand(0,
3851 Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, MemCpyID, Tys, 1));
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003852 Changed = true;
3853 }
Eli Friedman0c826d92009-12-17 21:07:31 +00003854 }
Chris Lattnera935db82008-05-28 05:30:41 +00003855
Eli Friedman0c826d92009-12-17 21:07:31 +00003856 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
Chris Lattnera935db82008-05-28 05:30:41 +00003857 // memmove(x,x,size) -> noop.
Eli Friedman0c826d92009-12-17 21:07:31 +00003858 if (MTI->getSource() == MTI->getDest())
Chris Lattnera935db82008-05-28 05:30:41 +00003859 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003860 }
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003861
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003862 // If we can determine a pointer alignment that is bigger than currently
3863 // set, update the alignment.
Chris Lattner3ce5e882009-03-08 03:37:16 +00003864 if (isa<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003865 if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemTransfer(MI))
3866 return I;
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003867 } else if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(MI)) {
3868 if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemSet(MSI))
3869 return I;
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003870 }
3871
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003872 if (Changed) return II;
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00003873 }
3874
3875 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
3876 default: break;
3877 case Intrinsic::bswap:
3878 // bswap(bswap(x)) -> x
3879 if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1)))
3880 if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap)
3881 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Operand->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere33d4132010-01-01 18:34:40 +00003882
3883 // bswap(trunc(bswap(x))) -> trunc(lshr(x, c))
3884 if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
3885 if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(TI->getOperand(0)))
3886 if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap) {
3887 unsigned C = Operand->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() -
3888 TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3889 Value *CV = ConstantInt::get(Operand->getType(), C);
3890 Value *V = Builder->CreateLShr(Operand->getOperand(1), CV);
3891 return new TruncInst(V, TI->getType());
3892 }
3893 }
3894
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00003895 break;
Chris Lattnerd27f9112010-01-01 01:52:15 +00003896 case Intrinsic::powi:
3897 if (ConstantInt *Power = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
3898 // powi(x, 0) -> 1.0
3899 if (Power->isZero())
3900 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, ConstantFP::get(CI.getType(), 1.0));
3901 // powi(x, 1) -> x
3902 if (Power->isOne())
3903 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, II->getOperand(1));
3904 // powi(x, -1) -> 1/x
Chris Lattnerf9ead872010-01-01 01:54:08 +00003905 if (Power->isAllOnesValue())
3906 return BinaryOperator::CreateFDiv(ConstantFP::get(CI.getType(), 1.0),
3907 II->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerd27f9112010-01-01 01:52:15 +00003908 }
3909 break;
3910
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003911 case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: {
3912 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
3913 const IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
3914 uint32_t BitWidth = IT->getBitWidth();
3915 APInt Mask = APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth);
Chris Lattner998e25a2009-11-26 22:08:06 +00003916 APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0);
3917 APInt LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003918 ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
3919 bool LHSKnownNegative = LHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1];
3920 bool LHSKnownPositive = LHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1];
3921
3922 if (LHSKnownNegative || LHSKnownPositive) {
Chris Lattner998e25a2009-11-26 22:08:06 +00003923 APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0);
3924 APInt RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003925 ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
3926 bool RHSKnownNegative = RHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1];
3927 bool RHSKnownPositive = RHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1];
3928 if (LHSKnownNegative && RHSKnownNegative) {
3929 // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow.
3930 // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
3931 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI);
3932 Worklist.Add(Add);
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003933 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003934 UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()),ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003935 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003936 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003937 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0);
3938 }
3939
3940 if (LHSKnownPositive && RHSKnownPositive) {
3941 // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow.
3942 // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
3943 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateNUWAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI);
3944 Worklist.Add(Add);
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003945 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003946 UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()),
3947 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003948 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003949 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003950 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0);
3951 }
3952 }
3953 }
3954 // FALL THROUGH uadd into sadd
3955 case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
3956 // Canonicalize constants into the RHS.
3957 if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) &&
3958 !isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) {
3959 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
3960 II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2));
3961 II->setOperand(2, LHS);
3962 return II;
3963 }
3964
3965 // X + undef -> undef
3966 if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
3967 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
3968
3969 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
3970 // X + 0 -> {X, false}
3971 if (RHS->isZero()) {
3972 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003973 UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(0)->getType()),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003974 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003975 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003976 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003977 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
3978 }
3979 }
3980 break;
3981 case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
3982 case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
3983 // undef - X -> undef
3984 // X - undef -> undef
3985 if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(1)) ||
3986 isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
3987 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
3988
3989 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
3990 // X - 0 -> {X, false}
3991 if (RHS->isZero()) {
3992 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003993 UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003994 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003995 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003996 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003997 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
3998 }
3999 }
4000 break;
4001 case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4002 case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4003 // Canonicalize constants into the RHS.
4004 if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) &&
4005 !isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) {
4006 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
4007 II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2));
4008 II->setOperand(2, LHS);
4009 return II;
4010 }
4011
4012 // X * undef -> undef
4013 if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
4014 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
4015
4016 if (ConstantInt *RHSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
4017 // X*0 -> {0, false}
4018 if (RHSI->isZero())
4019 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(II->getType()));
4020
4021 // X * 1 -> {X, false}
4022 if (RHSI->equalsInt(1)) {
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004023 Constant *V[] = {
4024 UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004025 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004026 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004027 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004028 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00004029 }
4030 }
4031 break;
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004032 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvx:
4033 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvxl:
4034 case Intrinsic::x86_sse_loadu_ps:
4035 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_pd:
4036 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_dq:
4037 // Turn PPC lvx -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
4038 // Turn X86 loadups -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
4039 if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004040 Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1),
4041 PointerType::getUnqual(II->getType()));
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004042 return new LoadInst(Ptr);
Chris Lattner867b99f2006-10-05 06:55:50 +00004043 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004044 break;
4045 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvx:
4046 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvxl:
4047 // Turn stvx -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
4048 if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(2), 16) >= 16) {
4049 const Type *OpPtrTy =
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004050 PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004051 Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), OpPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004052 return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(1), Ptr);
4053 }
4054 break;
4055 case Intrinsic::x86_sse_storeu_ps:
4056 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_pd:
4057 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_dq:
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004058 // Turn X86 storeu -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
4059 if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
4060 const Type *OpPtrTy =
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004061 PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(2)->getType());
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004062 Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), OpPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004063 return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(2), Ptr);
4064 }
4065 break;
4066
4067 case Intrinsic::x86_sse_cvttss2si: {
4068 // These intrinsics only demands the 0th element of its input vector. If
4069 // we can simplify the input based on that, do so now.
Evan Cheng388df622009-02-03 10:05:09 +00004070 unsigned VWidth =
4071 cast<VectorType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType())->getNumElements();
4072 APInt DemandedElts(VWidth, 1);
4073 APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
4074 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004075 UndefElts)) {
4076 II->setOperand(1, V);
4077 return II;
4078 }
4079 break;
4080 }
4081
4082 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vperm:
4083 // Turn vperm(V1,V2,mask) -> shuffle(V1,V2,mask) if mask is a constant.
4084 if (ConstantVector *Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(II->getOperand(3))) {
4085 assert(Mask->getNumOperands() == 16 && "Bad type for intrinsic!");
Chris Lattner867b99f2006-10-05 06:55:50 +00004086
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004087 // Check that all of the elements are integer constants or undefs.
4088 bool AllEltsOk = true;
4089 for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
4090 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i)) &&
4091 !isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) {
4092 AllEltsOk = false;
4093 break;
4094 }
4095 }
4096
4097 if (AllEltsOk) {
4098 // Cast the input vectors to byte vectors.
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004099 Value *Op0 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), Mask->getType());
4100 Value *Op1 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), Mask->getType());
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00004101 Value *Result = UndefValue::get(Op0->getType());
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004102
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004103 // Only extract each element once.
4104 Value *ExtractedElts[32];
4105 memset(ExtractedElts, 0, sizeof(ExtractedElts));
4106
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004107 for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004108 if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i)))
4109 continue;
4110 unsigned Idx=cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
4111 Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior.
4112
4113 if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004114 ExtractedElts[Idx] =
4115 Builder->CreateExtractElement(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004116 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(II->getContext()),
4117 Idx&15, false), "tmp");
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004118 }
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004119
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004120 // Insert this value into the result vector.
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004121 Result = Builder->CreateInsertElement(Result, ExtractedElts[Idx],
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004122 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(II->getContext()),
4123 i, false), "tmp");
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004124 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004125 return CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, Result, CI.getType());
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004126 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004127 }
4128 break;
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004129
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004130 case Intrinsic::stackrestore: {
4131 // If the save is right next to the restore, remove the restore. This can
4132 // happen when variable allocas are DCE'd.
4133 if (IntrinsicInst *SS = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
4134 if (SS->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stacksave) {
4135 BasicBlock::iterator BI = SS;
4136 if (&*++BI == II)
4137 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
Chris Lattnera728ddc2006-01-13 21:28:09 +00004138 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004139 }
4140
4141 // Scan down this block to see if there is another stack restore in the
4142 // same block without an intervening call/alloca.
4143 BasicBlock::iterator BI = II;
4144 TerminatorInst *TI = II->getParent()->getTerminator();
4145 bool CannotRemove = false;
4146 for (++BI; &*BI != TI; ++BI) {
Victor Hernandez83d63912009-09-18 22:35:49 +00004147 if (isa<AllocaInst>(BI) || isMalloc(BI)) {
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004148 CannotRemove = true;
4149 break;
4150 }
Chris Lattneraa0bf522008-06-25 05:59:28 +00004151 if (CallInst *BCI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(BI)) {
4152 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BCI)) {
4153 // If there is a stackrestore below this one, remove this one.
4154 if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stackrestore)
4155 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4156 // Otherwise, ignore the intrinsic.
4157 } else {
4158 // If we found a non-intrinsic call, we can't remove the stack
4159 // restore.
Chris Lattnerbf1d8a72008-02-18 06:12:38 +00004160 CannotRemove = true;
4161 break;
4162 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004163 }
Chris Lattnera728ddc2006-01-13 21:28:09 +00004164 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004165
4166 // If the stack restore is in a return/unwind block and if there are no
4167 // allocas or calls between the restore and the return, nuke the restore.
4168 if (!CannotRemove && (isa<ReturnInst>(TI) || isa<UnwindInst>(TI)))
4169 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4170 break;
4171 }
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004172 }
4173
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00004174 return visitCallSite(II);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004175}
4176
4177// InvokeInst simplification
4178//
4179Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004180 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004181}
4182
Dale Johannesenda30ccb2008-04-25 21:16:07 +00004183/// isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast - If this cast does not affect the value
4184/// passed through the varargs area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004185static bool isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(const CallSite CS,
4186 const CastInst * const CI,
4187 const TargetData * const TD,
4188 const int ix) {
4189 if (!CI->isLosslessCast())
4190 return false;
4191
4192 // The size of ByVal arguments is derived from the type, so we
4193 // can't change to a type with a different size. If the size were
4194 // passed explicitly we could avoid this check.
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004195 if (!CS.paramHasAttr(ix, Attribute::ByVal))
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004196 return true;
4197
4198 const Type* SrcTy =
4199 cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
4200 const Type* DstTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4201 if (!SrcTy->isSized() || !DstTy->isSized())
4202 return false;
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004203 if (!TD || TD->getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy) != TD->getTypeAllocSize(DstTy))
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004204 return false;
4205 return true;
4206}
4207
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004208// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
4209//
4210Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004211 bool Changed = false;
4212
4213 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
4214 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004215 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
4216
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004217 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004218
Chris Lattner08b22ec2005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004219 if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
4220 if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
4221 Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
4222 // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
4223 // be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004224 new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()),
4225 UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(Callee->getContext())),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00004226 OldCall);
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004227 // If OldCall dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
4228 // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004229 if (!OldCall->getType()->isVoidTy())
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004230 OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
Chris Lattner08b22ec2005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004231 if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
4232 return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
4233 return 0;
4234 }
4235
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004236 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
4237 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
4238 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
4239 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004240 new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()),
4241 UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(Callee->getContext())),
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004242 CS.getInstruction());
4243
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004244 // If CS dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
4245 // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004246 if (!CS.getInstruction()->getType()->isVoidTy())
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004247 CS.getInstruction()->
4248 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004249
4250 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
4251 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004252 BranchInst::Create(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004253 ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()), II);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004254 }
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004255 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
4256 }
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004257
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004258 if (BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Callee))
4259 if (IntrinsicInst *In = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BC->getOperand(0)))
4260 if (In->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::init_trampoline)
4261 return transformCallThroughTrampoline(CS);
4262
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004263 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4264 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
4265 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
Dale Johannesen63e7eb42008-04-23 01:03:05 +00004266 int ix = FTy->getNumParams() + (isa<InvokeInst>(Callee) ? 3 : 1);
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004267 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
4268 // the call.
4269 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004270 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ix) {
4271 CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I);
4272 if (CI && isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(CS, CI, TD, ix)) {
4273 *I = CI->getOperand(0);
4274 Changed = true;
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004275 }
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004276 }
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004277 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004278
Duncan Sandsf0c33542007-12-19 21:13:37 +00004279 if (isa<InlineAsm>(Callee) && !CS.doesNotThrow()) {
Duncan Sandsece2c042007-12-16 15:51:49 +00004280 // Inline asm calls cannot throw - mark them 'nounwind'.
Duncan Sandsf0c33542007-12-19 21:13:37 +00004281 CS.setDoesNotThrow();
Duncan Sandsece2c042007-12-16 15:51:49 +00004282 Changed = true;
4283 }
4284
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004285 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004286}
4287
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004288// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
4289// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
4290//
4291bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
4292 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
4293 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00004294 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast ||
4295 !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004296 return false;
Reid Spencer8863f182004-07-18 00:38:32 +00004297 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004298 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004299 const AttrListPtr &CallerPAL = CS.getAttributes();
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004300
4301 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
4302 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
4303 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
4304 //
4305 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
4306 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004307 const Type *NewRetTy = FT->getReturnType();
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004308
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004309 if (isa<StructType>(NewRetTy))
Devang Patel75e6f022008-03-11 18:04:06 +00004310 return false; // TODO: Handle multiple return values.
4311
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004312 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004313 if (OldRetTy != NewRetTy) {
Bill Wendlinga6c31122008-05-14 22:45:20 +00004314 if (Callee->isDeclaration() &&
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004315 // Conversion is ok if changing from one pointer type to another or from
4316 // a pointer to an integer of the same size.
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004317 !((isa<PointerType>(OldRetTy) || !TD ||
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +00004318 OldRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) &&
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004319 (isa<PointerType>(NewRetTy) || !TD ||
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +00004320 NewRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext()))))
Chris Lattnerec479922007-01-06 02:09:32 +00004321 return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004322
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004323 if (!Caller->use_empty() &&
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004324 // void -> non-void is handled specially
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004325 !NewRetTy->isVoidTy() && !CastInst::isCastable(NewRetTy, OldRetTy))
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004326 return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
4327
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004328 if (!CallerPAL.isEmpty() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004329 Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes();
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004330 if (RAttrs & Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy))
Duncan Sands6c3470e2008-01-07 17:16:06 +00004331 return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
4332 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004333
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004334 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4335 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4336 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4337 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4338 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4339 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4340 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4341 UI != E; ++UI)
4342 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4343 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattneraeb2a1d2004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004344 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004345 return false;
4346 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004347
4348 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4349 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004350
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004351 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4352 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4353 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
Andrew Lenharthb8e604c2006-06-28 01:01:52 +00004354 const Type *ActTy = (*AI)->getType();
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004355
4356 if (!CastInst::isCastable(ActTy, ParamTy))
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004357 return false; // Cannot transform this parameter value.
4358
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004359 if (CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1)
4360 & Attribute::typeIncompatible(ParamTy))
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004361 return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004362
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004363 // Converting from one pointer type to another or between a pointer and an
4364 // integer of the same size is safe even if we do not have a body.
Chris Lattnerec479922007-01-06 02:09:32 +00004365 bool isConvertible = ActTy == ParamTy ||
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +00004366 (TD && ((isa<PointerType>(ParamTy) ||
4367 ParamTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) &&
4368 (isa<PointerType>(ActTy) ||
4369 ActTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext()))));
Reid Spencer5cbf9852007-01-30 20:08:39 +00004370 if (Callee->isDeclaration() && !isConvertible) return false;
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004371 }
4372
4373 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
Reid Spencer5cbf9852007-01-30 20:08:39 +00004374 Callee->isDeclaration())
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004375 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004376
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004377 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && FT->isVarArg() &&
4378 !CallerPAL.isEmpty())
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004379 // In this case we have more arguments than the new function type, but we
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004380 // won't be dropping them. Check that these extra arguments have attributes
4381 // that are compatible with being a vararg call argument.
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004382 for (unsigned i = CallerPAL.getNumSlots(); i; --i) {
4383 if (CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Index <= FT->getNumParams())
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004384 break;
Devang Pateleaf42ab2008-09-23 23:03:40 +00004385 Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Attrs;
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004386 if (PAttrs & Attribute::VarArgsIncompatible)
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004387 return false;
4388 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004389
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004390 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4391 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4392 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4393 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004394 SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> attrVec;
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004395 attrVec.reserve(NumCommonArgs);
4396
4397 // Get any return attributes.
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004398 Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes();
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004399
4400 // If the return value is not being used, the type may not be compatible
4401 // with the existing attributes. Wipe out any problematic attributes.
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004402 RAttrs &= ~Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy);
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004403
4404 // Add the new return attributes.
4405 if (RAttrs)
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004406 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RAttrs));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004407
4408 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4409 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4410 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4411 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4412 Args.push_back(*AI);
4413 } else {
Reid Spencer8a903db2006-12-18 08:47:13 +00004414 Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI,
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00004415 false, ParamTy, false);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004416 Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, ParamTy, "tmp"));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004417 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004418
4419 // Add any parameter attributes.
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004420 if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1))
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004421 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004422 }
4423
4424 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004425 // now.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004426 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004427 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004428
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004429 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning.
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00004430 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs) {
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004431 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
Daniel Dunbarce63ffb2009-07-25 00:23:56 +00004432 errs() << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4433 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004434 } else {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004435 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004436 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4437 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4438 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4439 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004440 Instruction::CastOps opcode =
4441 CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, false, PTy, false);
4442 Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, PTy, "tmp"));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004443 } else {
4444 Args.push_back(*AI);
4445 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004446
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004447 // Add any parameter attributes.
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004448 if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1))
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004449 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004450 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004451 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00004452 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004453
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004454 if (Attributes FnAttrs = CallerPAL.getFnAttributes())
4455 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FnAttrs));
4456
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004457 if (NewRetTy->isVoidTy())
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00004458 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004459
Eric Christophera66297a2009-07-25 02:45:27 +00004460 const AttrListPtr &NewCallerPAL = AttrListPtr::get(attrVec.begin(),
4461 attrVec.end());
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004462
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004463 Instruction *NC;
4464 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004465 NC = InvokeInst::Create(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Gabor Greifb1dbcd82008-05-15 10:04:30 +00004466 Args.begin(), Args.end(),
4467 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Reid Spencered3fa852007-07-30 19:53:57 +00004468 cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004469 cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004470 } else {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004471 NC = CallInst::Create(Callee, Args.begin(), Args.end(),
4472 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Duncan Sandsdc024672007-11-27 13:23:08 +00004473 CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Caller);
4474 if (CI->isTailCall())
Chris Lattnera9e92112005-05-06 06:48:21 +00004475 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
Duncan Sandsdc024672007-11-27 13:23:08 +00004476 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(CI->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004477 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004478 }
4479
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00004480 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004481 Value *NV = NC;
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004482 if (OldRetTy != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004483 if (!NV->getType()->isVoidTy()) {
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00004484 Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(NC, false,
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004485 OldRetTy, false);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00004486 NV = NC = CastInst::Create(opcode, NC, OldRetTy, "tmp");
Chris Lattnerbb609042003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004487
4488 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4489 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4490 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Dan Gohman02dea8b2008-05-23 21:05:58 +00004491 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->getFirstNonPHI();
Chris Lattnerbb609042003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004492 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4493 } else {
4494 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4495 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4496 }
Chris Lattnere5ecdb52009-08-30 06:22:51 +00004497 Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004498 } else {
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00004499 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004500 }
4501 }
4502
Devang Patel1bf5ebc2009-10-13 21:41:20 +00004503
Chris Lattner931f8f32009-08-31 05:17:58 +00004504 if (!Caller->use_empty())
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004505 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
Chris Lattner931f8f32009-08-31 05:17:58 +00004506
4507 EraseInstFromFunction(*Caller);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004508 return true;
4509}
4510
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004511// transformCallThroughTrampoline - Turn a call to a function created by the
4512// init_trampoline intrinsic into a direct call to the underlying function.
4513//
4514Instruction *InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS) {
4515 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
4516 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4517 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004518 const AttrListPtr &Attrs = CS.getAttributes();
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004519
4520 // If the call already has the 'nest' attribute somewhere then give up -
4521 // otherwise 'nest' would occur twice after splicing in the chain.
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004522 if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest))
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004523 return 0;
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004524
4525 IntrinsicInst *Tramp =
4526 cast<IntrinsicInst>(cast<BitCastInst>(Callee)->getOperand(0));
4527
Anton Korobeynikov0b12ecf2008-05-07 22:54:15 +00004528 Function *NestF = cast<Function>(Tramp->getOperand(2)->stripPointerCasts());
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004529 const PointerType *NestFPTy = cast<PointerType>(NestF->getType());
4530 const FunctionType *NestFTy = cast<FunctionType>(NestFPTy->getElementType());
4531
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004532 const AttrListPtr &NestAttrs = NestF->getAttributes();
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004533 if (!NestAttrs.isEmpty()) {
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004534 unsigned NestIdx = 1;
4535 const Type *NestTy = 0;
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004536 Attributes NestAttr = Attribute::None;
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004537
4538 // Look for a parameter marked with the 'nest' attribute.
4539 for (FunctionType::param_iterator I = NestFTy->param_begin(),
4540 E = NestFTy->param_end(); I != E; ++NestIdx, ++I)
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004541 if (NestAttrs.paramHasAttr(NestIdx, Attribute::Nest)) {
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004542 // Record the parameter type and any other attributes.
4543 NestTy = *I;
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004544 NestAttr = NestAttrs.getParamAttributes(NestIdx);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004545 break;
4546 }
4547
4548 if (NestTy) {
4549 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
4550 std::vector<Value*> NewArgs;
4551 NewArgs.reserve(unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin())+1);
4552
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004553 SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> NewAttrs;
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004554 NewAttrs.reserve(Attrs.getNumSlots() + 1);
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004555
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004556 // Insert the nest argument into the call argument list, which may
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004557 // mean appending it. Likewise for attributes.
4558
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004559 // Add any result attributes.
4560 if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getRetAttributes())
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004561 NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, Attr));
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004562
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004563 {
4564 unsigned Idx = 1;
4565 CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end();
4566 do {
4567 if (Idx == NestIdx) {
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004568 // Add the chain argument and attributes.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004569 Value *NestVal = Tramp->getOperand(3);
4570 if (NestVal->getType() != NestTy)
4571 NestVal = new BitCastInst(NestVal, NestTy, "nest", Caller);
4572 NewArgs.push_back(NestVal);
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004573 NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(NestIdx, NestAttr));
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004574 }
4575
4576 if (I == E)
4577 break;
4578
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004579 // Add the original argument and attributes.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004580 NewArgs.push_back(*I);
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004581 if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getParamAttributes(Idx))
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004582 NewAttrs.push_back
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004583 (AttributeWithIndex::get(Idx + (Idx >= NestIdx), Attr));
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004584
4585 ++Idx, ++I;
4586 } while (1);
4587 }
4588
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004589 // Add any function attributes.
4590 if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getFnAttributes())
4591 NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, Attr));
4592
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004593 // The trampoline may have been bitcast to a bogus type (FTy).
4594 // Handle this by synthesizing a new function type, equal to FTy
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004595 // with the chain parameter inserted.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004596
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004597 std::vector<const Type*> NewTypes;
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004598 NewTypes.reserve(FTy->getNumParams()+1);
4599
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004600 // Insert the chain's type into the list of parameter types, which may
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004601 // mean appending it.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004602 {
4603 unsigned Idx = 1;
4604 FunctionType::param_iterator I = FTy->param_begin(),
4605 E = FTy->param_end();
4606
4607 do {
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004608 if (Idx == NestIdx)
4609 // Add the chain's type.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004610 NewTypes.push_back(NestTy);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004611
4612 if (I == E)
4613 break;
4614
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004615 // Add the original type.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004616 NewTypes.push_back(*I);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004617
4618 ++Idx, ++I;
4619 } while (1);
4620 }
4621
4622 // Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Let the generic
4623 // code sort out any function type mismatches.
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004624 FunctionType *NewFTy = FunctionType::get(FTy->getReturnType(), NewTypes,
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00004625 FTy->isVarArg());
4626 Constant *NewCallee =
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004627 NestF->getType() == PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy) ?
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00004628 NestF : ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF,
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004629 PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy));
Eric Christophera66297a2009-07-25 02:45:27 +00004630 const AttrListPtr &NewPAL = AttrListPtr::get(NewAttrs.begin(),
4631 NewAttrs.end());
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004632
4633 Instruction *NewCaller;
4634 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004635 NewCaller = InvokeInst::Create(NewCallee,
4636 II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
4637 NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
4638 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004639 cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004640 cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004641 } else {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004642 NewCaller = CallInst::Create(NewCallee, NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
4643 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004644 if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
4645 cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setTailCall();
4646 cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->
4647 setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004648 cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004649 }
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004650 if (!Caller->getType()->isVoidTy())
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004651 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NewCaller);
4652 Caller->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00004653 Worklist.Remove(Caller);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004654 return 0;
4655 }
4656 }
4657
4658 // Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Since there is no 'nest'
4659 // parameter, there is no need to adjust the argument list. Let the generic
4660 // code sort out any function type mismatches.
4661 Constant *NewCallee =
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00004662 NestF->getType() == PTy ? NestF :
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00004663 ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, PTy);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004664 CS.setCalledFunction(NewCallee);
4665 return CS.getInstruction();
4666}
4667
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00004668
Chris Lattner473945d2002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004669
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004670Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattnerc514c1f2009-11-27 00:29:05 +00004671 SmallVector<Value*, 8> Ops(GEP.op_begin(), GEP.op_end());
4672
4673 if (Value *V = SimplifyGEPInst(&Ops[0], Ops.size(), TD))
4674 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
4675
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004676 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004677
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004678 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00004679 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004680
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004681 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004682 if (TD) {
4683 bool MadeChange = false;
4684 unsigned PtrSize = TD->getPointerSizeInBits();
4685
4686 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4687 for (User::op_iterator I = GEP.op_begin() + 1, E = GEP.op_end();
4688 I != E; ++I, ++GTI) {
4689 if (!isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) continue;
4690
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004691 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004692 // to what we need. If narrower, sign-extend it to what we need. This
4693 // explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more obvious.
4694 unsigned OpBits = cast<IntegerType>((*I)->getType())->getBitWidth();
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004695 if (OpBits == PtrSize)
4696 continue;
4697
Chris Lattner2345d1d2009-08-30 20:01:10 +00004698 *I = Builder->CreateIntCast(*I, TD->getIntPtrType(GEP.getContext()),true);
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004699 MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004700 }
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004701 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
Chris Lattnerdb9654e2007-03-25 20:43:09 +00004702 }
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004703
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004704 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4705 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4706 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4707 //
Dan Gohmand6aa02d2009-07-28 01:40:03 +00004708 if (GEPOperator *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004709 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4710 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4711 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4712 //
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004713 if (GetElementPtrInst *SrcGEP =
4714 dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src->getOperand(0)))
4715 if (SrcGEP->getNumOperands() == 2)
4716 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004717
Chris Lattner72588fc2007-02-15 22:48:32 +00004718 SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices;
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004719
4720 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4721 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004722 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*Src), E = gep_type_end(*Src);
4723 I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattnerbe97b4e2004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004724 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004725
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004726 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004727 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattnerdecd0812003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004728 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4729 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4730 //
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004731 Value *Sum;
4732 Value *SO1 = Src->getOperand(Src->getNumOperands()-1);
4733 Value *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004734 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004735 Sum = GO1;
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004736 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004737 Sum = SO1;
4738 } else {
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004739 // If they aren't the same type, then the input hasn't been processed
4740 // by the loop above yet (which canonicalizes sequential index types to
4741 // intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been
4742 // normalized.
4743 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType())
4744 return 0;
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004745 Sum = Builder->CreateAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004746 }
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004747
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004748 // Update the GEP in place if possible.
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004749 if (Src->getNumOperands() == 2) {
4750 GEP.setOperand(0, Src->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004751 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4752 return &GEP;
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004753 }
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004754 Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end()-1);
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004755 Indices.push_back(Sum);
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004756 Indices.append(GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004757 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004758 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004759 Src->getNumOperands() != 1) {
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004760 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004761 Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end());
4762 Indices.append(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004763 }
4764
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004765 if (!Indices.empty())
4766 return (cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() &&
4767 Src->isInBounds()) ?
4768 GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(),
4769 Indices.end(), GEP.getName()) :
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004770 GetElementPtrInst::Create(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(),
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004771 Indices.end(), GEP.getName());
Chris Lattner6e24d832009-08-30 05:00:50 +00004772 }
4773
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004774 // Handle gep(bitcast x) and gep(gep x, 0, 0, 0).
4775 if (Value *X = getBitCastOperand(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner6e24d832009-08-30 05:00:50 +00004776 assert(isa<PointerType>(X->getType()) && "Must be cast from pointer");
Chris Lattner963f4ba2009-08-30 20:36:46 +00004777
Chris Lattner2de23192009-08-30 20:38:21 +00004778 // If the input bitcast is actually "bitcast(bitcast(x))", then we don't
4779 // want to change the gep until the bitcasts are eliminated.
4780 if (getBitCastOperand(X)) {
4781 Worklist.AddValue(PtrOp);
4782 return 0;
4783 }
4784
Chris Lattnerc514c1f2009-11-27 00:29:05 +00004785 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4786 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4787 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isZero();
4788
Chris Lattner963f4ba2009-08-30 20:36:46 +00004789 // Transform: GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
4790 // into : GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
4791 //
4792 // Likewise, transform: GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
4793 // into : GEP i8* X, ...
4794 //
4795 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
Chris Lattner6e24d832009-08-30 05:00:50 +00004796 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004797 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType());
4798 const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType());
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004799 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4800 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType())) {
4801 // GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ?
4802 if (CATy->getElementType() == XTy->getElementType()) {
4803 // -> GEP i8* X, ...
4804 SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004805 return cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4806 GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(),
4807 GEP.getName()) :
Dan Gohmand6aa02d2009-07-28 01:40:03 +00004808 GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(),
4809 GEP.getName());
Chris Lattner963f4ba2009-08-30 20:36:46 +00004810 }
4811
4812 if (const ArrayType *XATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType())){
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004813 // GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ?
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004814 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004815 // -> GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004816 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4817 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4818 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4819 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4820 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4821 return &GEP;
4822 }
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004823 }
4824 }
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004825 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) {
4826 // Transform things like:
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004827 // %t = getelementptr i32* bitcast ([2 x i32]* %str to i32*), i32 %V
4828 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x i32]* %str, i32 0, i32 %V; bitcast
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004829 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4830 const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType();
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004831 if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00004832 TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
4833 TD->getTypeAllocSize(ResElTy)) {
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004834 Value *Idx[2];
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004835 Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GEP.getContext()));
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004836 Idx[1] = GEP.getOperand(1);
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004837 Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4838 Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) :
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004839 Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00004840 // V and GEP are both pointer types --> BitCast
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004841 return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004842 }
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004843
4844 // Transform things like:
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004845 // getelementptr i8* bitcast ([100 x double]* X to i8*), i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004846 // (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into:
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004847 // getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, i32 0, i32 %tmp2; bitcast
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004848
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004849 if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
4850 ResElTy == Type::getInt8Ty(GEP.getContext())) {
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004851 uint64_t ArrayEltSize =
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00004852 TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004853
4854 // Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We
4855 // allow either a mul, shift, or constant here.
4856 Value *NewIdx = 0;
4857 ConstantInt *Scale = 0;
4858 if (ArrayEltSize == 1) {
4859 NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004860 Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(NewIdx->getType()), 1);
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004861 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004862 NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1);
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004863 Scale = CI;
4864 } else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){
4865 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
4866 isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00004867 ConstantInt *ShAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
4868 uint32_t ShAmtVal = ShAmt->getLimitedValue(64);
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004869 Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(Inst->getType()),
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00004870 1ULL << ShAmtVal);
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004871 NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
4872 } else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul &&
4873 isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
4874 Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
4875 NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
4876 }
4877 }
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004878
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004879 // If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004880 // out, perform the transformation. Note, we don't know whether Scale is
4881 // signed or not. We'll use unsigned version of division/modulo
4882 // operation after making sure Scale doesn't have the sign bit set.
Chris Lattner58b1ac72009-02-25 18:20:01 +00004883 if (ArrayEltSize && Scale && Scale->getSExtValue() >= 0LL &&
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004884 Scale->getZExtValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004885 Scale = ConstantInt::get(Scale->getType(),
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004886 Scale->getZExtValue() / ArrayEltSize);
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00004887 if (Scale->getZExtValue() != 1) {
Chris Lattner878daed2009-08-30 05:56:44 +00004888 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType(),
4889 false /*ZExt*/);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004890 NewIdx = Builder->CreateMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale");
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004891 }
4892
4893 // Insert the new GEP instruction.
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004894 Value *Idx[2];
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004895 Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GEP.getContext()));
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004896 Idx[1] = NewIdx;
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004897 Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4898 Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) :
4899 Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00004900 // The NewGEP must be pointer typed, so must the old one -> BitCast
4901 return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004902 }
4903 }
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004904 }
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004905 }
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004906
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004907 /// See if we can simplify:
Chris Lattner873ff012009-08-30 05:55:36 +00004908 /// X = bitcast A* to B*
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004909 /// Y = gep X, <...constant indices...>
4910 /// into a gep of the original struct. This is important for SROA and alias
4911 /// analysis of unions. If "A" is also a bitcast, wait for A/X to be merged.
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004912 if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(PtrOp)) {
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004913 if (TD &&
4914 !isa<BitCastInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) && GEP.hasAllConstantIndices()) {
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004915 // Determine how much the GEP moves the pointer. We are guaranteed to get
4916 // a constant back from EmitGEPOffset.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +00004917 ConstantInt *OffsetV = cast<ConstantInt>(EmitGEPOffset(&GEP));
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004918 int64_t Offset = OffsetV->getSExtValue();
4919
4920 // If this GEP instruction doesn't move the pointer, just replace the GEP
4921 // with a bitcast of the real input to the dest type.
4922 if (Offset == 0) {
4923 // If the bitcast is of an allocation, and the allocation will be
4924 // converted to match the type of the cast, don't touch this.
Victor Hernandez7b929da2009-10-23 21:09:37 +00004925 if (isa<AllocaInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) ||
Victor Hernandez83d63912009-09-18 22:35:49 +00004926 isMalloc(BCI->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004927 // See if the bitcast simplifies, if so, don't nuke this GEP yet.
4928 if (Instruction *I = visitBitCast(*BCI)) {
4929 if (I != BCI) {
4930 I->takeName(BCI);
4931 BCI->getParent()->getInstList().insert(BCI, I);
4932 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*BCI, I);
4933 }
4934 return &GEP;
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004935 }
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004936 }
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004937 return new BitCastInst(BCI->getOperand(0), GEP.getType());
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004938 }
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004939
4940 // Otherwise, if the offset is non-zero, we need to find out if there is a
4941 // field at Offset in 'A's type. If so, we can pull the cast through the
4942 // GEP.
4943 SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewIndices;
4944 const Type *InTy =
4945 cast<PointerType>(BCI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00004946 if (FindElementAtOffset(InTy, Offset, NewIndices)) {
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004947 Value *NGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4948 Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(),
4949 NewIndices.end()) :
4950 Builder->CreateGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(),
4951 NewIndices.end());
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004952
4953 if (NGEP->getType() == GEP.getType())
4954 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, NGEP);
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004955 NGEP->takeName(&GEP);
4956 return new BitCastInst(NGEP, GEP.getType());
4957 }
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004958 }
4959 }
4960
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004961 return 0;
4962}
4963
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00004964Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFree(Instruction &FI) {
4965 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(1);
4966
4967 // free undef -> unreachable.
4968 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4969 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004970 new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(FI.getContext()),
4971 UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(FI.getContext())), &FI);
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00004972 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4973 }
4974
4975 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4976 // when lots of inlining happens.
4977 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
4978 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4979
Victor Hernandez046e78c2009-10-26 23:43:48 +00004980 // If we have a malloc call whose only use is a free call, delete both.
Dan Gohman7f712a12009-10-27 00:11:02 +00004981 if (isMalloc(Op)) {
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00004982 if (CallInst* CI = extractMallocCallFromBitCast(Op)) {
4983 if (Op->hasOneUse() && CI->hasOneUse()) {
4984 EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4985 EraseInstFromFunction(*CI);
4986 return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op));
4987 }
4988 } else {
4989 // Op is a call to malloc
4990 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
4991 EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4992 return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op));
4993 }
4994 }
Dan Gohman7f712a12009-10-27 00:11:02 +00004995 }
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00004996
4997 return 0;
4998}
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004999
Chris Lattner3284d1f2007-04-15 00:07:55 +00005000
Chris Lattner2f503e62005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005001
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005002Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
5003 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Reid Spencer4b828e62005-06-18 17:37:34 +00005004 Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005005 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
5006 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00005007 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005008 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
5009 // Swap Destinations and condition...
5010 BI.setCondition(X);
5011 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5012 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
5013 return &BI;
5014 }
5015
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00005016 // Cannonicalize fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq
5017 FCmpInst::Predicate FPred; Value *Y;
5018 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_FCmp(FPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005019 TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5020 BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse())
5021 if (FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE || FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE ||
5022 FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE) {
5023 FCmpInst *Cond = cast<FCmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
5024 Cond->setPredicate(FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(FPred));
5025
5026 // Swap Destinations and condition.
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00005027 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5028 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005029 Worklist.Add(Cond);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00005030 return &BI;
5031 }
5032
5033 // Cannonicalize icmp_ne -> icmp_eq
5034 ICmpInst::Predicate IPred;
5035 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_ICmp(IPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005036 TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5037 BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse())
5038 if (IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
5039 IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
5040 IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) {
5041 ICmpInst *Cond = cast<ICmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
5042 Cond->setPredicate(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(IPred));
5043 // Swap Destinations and condition.
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005044 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5045 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005046 Worklist.Add(Cond);
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005047 return &BI;
5048 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005049
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005050 return 0;
5051}
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005052
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005053Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
5054 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
5055 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
5056 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
5057 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
5058 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
5059 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00005060 SI.setOperand(i,
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00005061 ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005062 AddRHS));
5063 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005064 Worklist.Add(I);
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005065 return &SI;
5066 }
5067 }
5068 return 0;
5069}
5070
Matthijs Kooijmana9012ec2008-06-11 14:05:05 +00005071Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) {
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005072 Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand();
Matthijs Kooijmana9012ec2008-06-11 14:05:05 +00005073
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005074 if (!EV.hasIndices())
5075 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg);
5076
5077 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg)) {
5078 if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00005079 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, UndefValue::get(EV.getType()));
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005080
5081 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00005082 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Constant::getNullValue(EV.getType()));
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005083
5084 if (isa<ConstantArray>(C) || isa<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
5085 // Extract the element indexed by the first index out of the constant
5086 Value *V = C->getOperand(*EV.idx_begin());
5087 if (EV.getNumIndices() > 1)
5088 // Extract the remaining indices out of the constant indexed by the
5089 // first index
5090 return ExtractValueInst::Create(V, EV.idx_begin() + 1, EV.idx_end());
5091 else
5092 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, V);
5093 }
5094 return 0; // Can't handle other constants
5095 }
5096 if (InsertValueInst *IV = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg)) {
5097 // We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices
5098 const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse;
5099 for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(),
5100 exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end();
5101 exti != exte && insi != inse;
5102 ++exti, ++insi) {
5103 if (*insi != *exti)
5104 // The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements.
5105 // This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can
5106 // replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate
5107 // operand of the insert. i.e., replace
5108 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
5109 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0
5110 // with
5111 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0
5112 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
5113 EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
5114 }
5115 if (exti == exte && insi == inse)
5116 // Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace
5117 // %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
5118 // %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0
5119 // with "i32 42"
5120 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand());
5121 if (exti == exte) {
5122 // The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace
5123 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
5124 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1
5125 // with
5126 // %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1
5127 // %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0
5128 // by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the
5129 // insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses).
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00005130 Value *NewEV = Builder->CreateExtractValue(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
5131 EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005132 return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
5133 insi, inse);
5134 }
5135 if (insi == inse)
5136 // The insert list is a prefix of the extract list
5137 // We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it
5138 // operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result.
5139 // i.e., replace
5140 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
5141 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0
5142 // with
5143 // %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0
5144 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
5145 exti, exte);
5146 }
Chris Lattner7e606e22009-11-09 07:07:56 +00005147 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg)) {
5148 // We're extracting from an intrinsic, see if we're the only user, which
5149 // allows us to simplify multiple result intrinsics to simpler things that
5150 // just get one value..
5151 if (II->hasOneUse()) {
5152 // Check if we're grabbing the overflow bit or the result of a 'with
5153 // overflow' intrinsic. If it's the latter we can remove the intrinsic
5154 // and replace it with a traditional binary instruction.
5155 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
5156 case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
5157 case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
5158 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
5159 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
5160 II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
5161 EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
5162 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS);
5163 }
5164 break;
5165 case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
5166 case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
5167 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
5168 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
5169 II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
5170 EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
5171 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, RHS);
5172 }
5173 break;
5174 case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
5175 case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
5176 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
5177 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
5178 II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
5179 EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
5180 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, RHS);
5181 }
5182 break;
5183 default:
5184 break;
5185 }
5186 }
5187 }
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005188 // Can't simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts are
5189 // already simplified implicitely by the above (extract ( extract (insert) )
5190 // will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just
5191 // the value inserted, if appropriate).
Matthijs Kooijmana9012ec2008-06-11 14:05:05 +00005192 return 0;
5193}
5194
Chris Lattnera844fc4c2006-04-10 22:45:52 +00005195
Robert Bocchino1d7456d2006-01-13 22:48:06 +00005196
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005197
5198/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
5199/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
5200/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
5201/// end of its block.
5202static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5203 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
5204
Chris Lattner108e9022005-10-27 17:13:11 +00005205 // Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
Duncan Sands7af1c782009-05-06 06:49:50 +00005206 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->mayHaveSideEffects() || isa<TerminatorInst>(I))
Chris Lattnerbfc538c2008-05-09 15:07:33 +00005207 return false;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005208
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005209 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
Dan Gohmanecb7a772007-03-22 16:38:57 +00005210 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() ==
5211 &DestBlock->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005212 return false;
5213
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005214 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5215 // the end of block that could change the value.
Chris Lattner2539e332008-05-08 17:37:37 +00005216 if (I->mayReadFromMemory()) {
5217 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = I, E = I->getParent()->end();
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005218 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5219 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5220 return false;
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005221 }
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005222
Dan Gohman02dea8b2008-05-23 21:05:58 +00005223 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstNonPHI();
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005224
Chris Lattner4bc5f802005-08-08 19:11:57 +00005225 I->moveBefore(InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005226 ++NumSunkInst;
5227 return true;
5228}
5229
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005230
5231/// AddReachableCodeToWorklist - Walk the function in depth-first order, adding
5232/// all reachable code to the worklist.
5233///
5234/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
5235/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
5236/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
5237/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
5238/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
5239///
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005240static bool AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattner1f87a582007-02-15 19:41:52 +00005241 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> &Visited,
Chris Lattnerdbab3862007-03-02 21:28:56 +00005242 InstCombiner &IC,
Chris Lattner8c8c66a2006-05-11 17:11:52 +00005243 const TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005244 bool MadeIRChange = false;
Chris Lattner2806dff2008-08-15 04:03:01 +00005245 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 256> Worklist;
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005246 Worklist.push_back(BB);
Chris Lattner67f7d542009-10-12 03:58:40 +00005247
5248 std::vector<Instruction*> InstrsForInstCombineWorklist;
5249 InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.reserve(128);
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005250
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005251 SmallPtrSet<ConstantExpr*, 64> FoldedConstants;
5252
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005253 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5254 BB = Worklist.back();
5255 Worklist.pop_back();
5256
5257 // We have now visited this block! If we've already been here, ignore it.
5258 if (!Visited.insert(BB)) continue;
Devang Patel7fe1dec2008-11-19 18:56:50 +00005259
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005260 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); BBI != E; ) {
5261 Instruction *Inst = BBI++;
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005262
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005263 // DCE instruction if trivially dead.
5264 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst)) {
5265 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005266 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst << '\n');
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005267 Inst->eraseFromParent();
5268 continue;
5269 }
5270
5271 // ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005272 if (!Inst->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner7b550cc2009-11-06 04:27:31 +00005273 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(Inst, TD)) {
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005274 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: "
5275 << *Inst << '\n');
5276 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(C);
5277 ++NumConstProp;
5278 Inst->eraseFromParent();
5279 continue;
5280 }
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005281
5282
5283
5284 if (TD) {
5285 // See if we can constant fold its operands.
5286 for (User::op_iterator i = Inst->op_begin(), e = Inst->op_end();
5287 i != e; ++i) {
5288 ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(i);
5289 if (CE == 0) continue;
5290
5291 // If we already folded this constant, don't try again.
5292 if (!FoldedConstants.insert(CE))
5293 continue;
5294
Chris Lattner7b550cc2009-11-06 04:27:31 +00005295 Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD);
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005296 if (NewC && NewC != CE) {
5297 *i = NewC;
5298 MadeIRChange = true;
5299 }
5300 }
5301 }
5302
Devang Patel7fe1dec2008-11-19 18:56:50 +00005303
Chris Lattner67f7d542009-10-12 03:58:40 +00005304 InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.push_back(Inst);
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005305 }
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005306
5307 // Recursively visit successors. If this is a branch or switch on a
5308 // constant, only visit the reachable successor.
5309 TerminatorInst *TI = BB->getTerminator();
5310 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) {
5311 if (BI->isConditional() && isa<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
5312 bool CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())->getZExtValue();
Nick Lewycky91436992008-03-09 08:50:23 +00005313 BasicBlock *ReachableBB = BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal);
Nick Lewycky280a6e62008-04-25 16:53:59 +00005314 Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005315 continue;
5316 }
5317 } else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
5318 if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
5319 // See if this is an explicit destination.
5320 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
5321 if (SI->getCaseValue(i) == Cond) {
Nick Lewycky91436992008-03-09 08:50:23 +00005322 BasicBlock *ReachableBB = SI->getSuccessor(i);
Nick Lewycky280a6e62008-04-25 16:53:59 +00005323 Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005324 continue;
5325 }
5326
5327 // Otherwise it is the default destination.
5328 Worklist.push_back(SI->getSuccessor(0));
5329 continue;
5330 }
5331 }
5332
5333 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
5334 Worklist.push_back(TI->getSuccessor(i));
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005335 }
Chris Lattner67f7d542009-10-12 03:58:40 +00005336
5337 // Once we've found all of the instructions to add to instcombine's worklist,
5338 // add them in reverse order. This way instcombine will visit from the top
5339 // of the function down. This jives well with the way that it adds all uses
5340 // of instructions to the worklist after doing a transformation, thus avoiding
5341 // some N^2 behavior in pathological cases.
5342 IC.Worklist.AddInitialGroup(&InstrsForInstCombineWorklist[0],
5343 InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.size());
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005344
5345 return MadeIRChange;
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005346}
5347
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005348bool InstCombiner::DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned Iteration) {
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005349 MadeIRChange = false;
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005350
Daniel Dunbarce63ffb2009-07-25 00:23:56 +00005351 DEBUG(errs() << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on "
5352 << F.getNameStr() << "\n");
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005353
Chris Lattnerb3d59702005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005354 {
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005355 // Do a depth-first traversal of the function, populate the worklist with
5356 // the reachable instructions. Ignore blocks that are not reachable. Keep
5357 // track of which blocks we visit.
Chris Lattner1f87a582007-02-15 19:41:52 +00005358 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> Visited;
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005359 MadeIRChange |= AddReachableCodeToWorklist(F.begin(), Visited, *this, TD);
Jeff Cohen00b168892005-07-27 06:12:32 +00005360
Chris Lattnerb3d59702005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005361 // Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
5362 // unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
5363 // the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
5364 for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
5365 if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
5366 Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
5367 while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
5368 BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
Chris Lattner6ffe5512004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005369
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005370 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n');
Dale Johannesenff278b12009-03-10 21:19:49 +00005371 // A debug intrinsic shouldn't force another iteration if we weren't
5372 // going to do one without it.
5373 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) {
5374 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005375 MadeIRChange = true;
Dale Johannesenff278b12009-03-10 21:19:49 +00005376 }
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00005377
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00005378 // If I is not void type then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
5379 // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00005380 if (!I->getType()->isVoidTy())
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00005381 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
Chris Lattnerb3d59702005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005382 I->eraseFromParent();
5383 }
5384 }
5385 }
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005386
Chris Lattner873ff012009-08-30 05:55:36 +00005387 while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) {
5388 Instruction *I = Worklist.RemoveOne();
Chris Lattnerdbab3862007-03-02 21:28:56 +00005389 if (I == 0) continue; // skip null values.
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005390
Chris Lattner8c8c66a2006-05-11 17:11:52 +00005391 // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005392 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005393 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n');
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005394 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
5395 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005396 MadeIRChange = true;
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005397 continue;
5398 }
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005399
Chris Lattner8c8c66a2006-05-11 17:11:52 +00005400 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it.
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005401 if (!I->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(I->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner7b550cc2009-11-06 04:27:31 +00005402 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, TD)) {
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005403 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I << '\n');
Chris Lattnerad5fec12005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005404
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005405 // Add operands to the worklist.
5406 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5407 ++NumConstProp;
5408 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
5409 MadeIRChange = true;
5410 continue;
5411 }
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005412
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005413 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
Dan Gohmanfc74abf2008-07-23 00:34:11 +00005414 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005415 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner8db2cd12009-10-14 15:21:58 +00005416 Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back());
5417 BasicBlock *UserParent;
5418
5419 // Get the block the use occurs in.
5420 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UserInst))
5421 UserParent = PN->getIncomingBlock(I->use_begin().getUse());
5422 else
5423 UserParent = UserInst->getParent();
5424
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005425 if (UserParent != BB) {
5426 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5427 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5428 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5429 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5430 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5431 break;
5432 }
5433
5434 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5435 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5436 // otherwise), we can keep going.
Chris Lattner8db2cd12009-10-14 15:21:58 +00005437 if (UserIsSuccessor && UserParent->getSinglePredecessor())
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005438 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005439 MadeIRChange |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005440 }
5441 }
5442
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005443 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it.
5444 Builder->SetInsertPoint(I->getParent(), I);
5445
Reid Spencera9b81012007-03-26 17:44:01 +00005446#ifndef NDEBUG
5447 std::string OrigI;
5448#endif
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005449 DEBUG(raw_string_ostream SS(OrigI); I->print(SS); OrigI = SS.str(););
Jeffrey Yasskin43069632009-10-08 00:12:24 +00005450 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Visiting: " << OrigI << '\n');
5451
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005452 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner3dec1f22002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005453 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005454 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005455 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005456 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Old = " << *I << '\n'
5457 << " New = " << *Result << '\n');
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005458
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005459 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5460 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5461
5462 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005463 Worklist.Add(Result);
Chris Lattnere5ecdb52009-08-30 06:22:51 +00005464 Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005465
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00005466 // Move the name to the new instruction first.
5467 Result->takeName(I);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005468
5469 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5470 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005471 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5472
5473 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5474 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5475 ++InsertPos;
5476
5477 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005478
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005479 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005480 } else {
Evan Chengc7baf682007-03-27 16:44:48 +00005481#ifndef NDEBUG
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005482 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI << '\n'
5483 << " New = " << *I << '\n');
Evan Chengc7baf682007-03-27 16:44:48 +00005484#endif
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005485
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005486 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5487 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner00d51312004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005488 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005489 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005490 } else {
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005491 Worklist.Add(I);
Chris Lattnere5ecdb52009-08-30 06:22:51 +00005492 Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005493 }
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005494 }
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005495 MadeIRChange = true;
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005496 }
5497 }
5498
Chris Lattner873ff012009-08-30 05:55:36 +00005499 Worklist.Zap();
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005500 return MadeIRChange;
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005501}
5502
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005503
5504bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattnerf964f322007-03-04 04:27:24 +00005505 MustPreserveLCSSA = mustPreserveAnalysisID(LCSSAID);
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005506 TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
5507
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005508
5509 /// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new
5510 /// instructions into the worklist when they are created.
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005511 IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder, InstCombineIRInserter>
Chris Lattnerf55eeb92009-11-06 05:59:53 +00005512 TheBuilder(F.getContext(), TargetFolder(TD),
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005513 InstCombineIRInserter(Worklist));
5514 Builder = &TheBuilder;
5515
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005516 bool EverMadeChange = false;
5517
5518 // Iterate while there is work to do.
5519 unsigned Iteration = 0;
Bill Wendlinga6c31122008-05-14 22:45:20 +00005520 while (DoOneIteration(F, Iteration++))
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005521 EverMadeChange = true;
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005522
5523 Builder = 0;
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005524 return EverMadeChange;
5525}
5526
Brian Gaeke96d4bf72004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005527FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005528 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005529}